Operation Manual. Embroidery and Sewing Machine. Product Code: 882-C50

Transcription

1 Opertion Mnul Emroidery nd Sewing Mchine Product Code: 882-C50 Be sure to red this document efore using the mchine. We recommend tht you keep this document nery for future reference.

2 TRADEMARKS IMPORTANT: READ BEFORE DOWNLOADING, COPYING, INSTALLING OR USING. By downloding, copying, instlling or using the softwre you gree to this license. If you do not gree to this license, do not downlod, instll, copy or use the softwre. Intel License Agreement For Open Source Computer Vision Lirry Copyright 2000, Intel Corportion, ll rights reserved. Third prty copyrights re property of their respective owners. Redistriution nd use in source nd inry forms, with or without modifiction, re permitted provided tht the following conditions re met: Redistriution s of source code must retin the ove copyright notice, this list of conditions nd the following disclimer. Redistriution s in inry form must reproduce the ove copyright notice, this list of conditions nd the following disclimer in the documenttion nd/or other mterils provided with the distriution. The nme of Intel Corportion my not e used to endorse or promote products derived from this softwre without specific prior written permission. This softwre is provided y the copyright holders nd contriutors s is nd ny express or implied wrrnties, including, ut not limited to, the implied wrrnties of merchntility nd fitness for prticulr purpose re disclimed. In no event shll Intel or contriutors e lile for ny direct, indirect, incidentl, specil, exemplry, or consequentil dmges (including, ut not limited to, procurement of sustitute goods or services; loss of use, dt, or profits; or usiness interruption) however cused nd on ny theory of liility, whether in contrct, strict liility, or tort (including negligence or otherwise) rising in ny wy out of the use of this softwre, even if dvised of the possiility of such dmge. All informtion provided relted to future Intel products nd plns is preliminry nd suject to chnge t ny time, without notice. SD is registered trdemrk or trdemrk of SD-3C, LLC. CompctFlsh is registered trdemrk or trdemrk of Sndisk Corportion. ry Stick is registered trdemrk or trdemrk of Sony Corportion. SmrtMedi is registered trdemrk or trdemrk of Toshi Corportion. MultiMediCrd (MMC) is registered trdemrk or trdemrk of Infineon Technologies AG. xd-picture Crd is registered trdemrk or trdemrk of Fuji Photo Film Co. Ltd. IBM is registered trdemrk or trdemrk of Interntionl Business Mchines Corportion. Microsoft, Windows nd Windows Vist re registered trdemrks or trdemrks of Microsoft Corportion. Ech compny whose softwre title is mentioned in this mnul hs Softwre License Agreement specific to its proprietry progrms. All other rnds nd product nmes mentioned in this mnul re registered trdemrks of their respective compnies. However, the explntions for mrkings such s nd re not clerly descried within the text.

3 INTRODUCTION INTRODUCTION Thnk you for purchsing this mchine. Before using this mchine, crefully red the IMPORTANT SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS, nd then study this mnul for the correct opertion of the vrious functions. In ddition, fter you hve finished reding this mnul, store it where it cn quickly e ccessed for future reference. IMPORTANT SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS Plese red these sfety instructions efore ttempting to use the mchine. DANGER - To reduce the risk of electricl shock 1 Alwys unplug the mchine from the electricl outlet immeditely fter using, when clening, mking ny user servicing djustments mentioned in this mnul, or if you re leving the mchine unttended. WARNING - To reduce the risk of urns, fire, electricl shock, or injury to persons. 2 Alwys unplug the mchine from the electricl outlet when mking ny djustments mentioned in the instruction mnul. To unplug the mchine, switch the mchine to the symol O position to turn it off, then grsp the plug nd pull it out of the electricl outlet. Do not pull on the cord. Plug the mchine directly into the electricl outlet. Do not use n extension cord. Alwys unplug your mchine if the power is cut. 3 Electricl Hzrds: This mchine should e connected to n AC power source within the rnge indicted on the rting lel. Do not connect it to DC power source or inverter. If you re not sure wht kind of power source you hve, contct qulified electricin. This mchine is pproved for use in the country of purchse only. 4 Never operte this mchine if it hs dmged cord or plug, if it is not working properly, hs een dropped or dmged, or wter is spilled on the unit. Return the mchine to the nerest uthorized deler for exmintion, repir, electricl or mechnicl djustment. While the mchine is stored or in use if you notice nything unusul, such s n odor, het, discolortion or deformtion, stop using the mchine immeditely nd unplug the power cord. When trnsporting the sewing mchine, e sure to crry it y its hndle. Lifting the sewing mchine y ny other prt my dmge the mchine or result in the mchine flling, which could cuse injuries. When lifting the sewing mchine, e creful not to mke ny sudden or creless movements, otherwise you my injure your ck or knees. B-1

4 IMPORTANT SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS 5 Alwys keep your work re cler: Never operte the mchine with ny ir openings locked. Keep ventiltion openings of the sewing mchine nd foot control free from the uild up of lint, dust, nd loose cloth. Do not store ojects on the foot controller. Do not use extension cords. Plug the mchine directly into the electricl outlet. Never drop or insert foreign ojects in ny opening. Do not operte where erosol (spry) products re eing used or where oxygen is eing dministered. Do not use the mchine ner het source, such s stove or iron; otherwise, the mchine, power cord or grment eing sewn my ignite, resulting in fire or n electric shock. Do not plce this sewing mchine on n unstle surfce, such s n unstedy or slnted tle, otherwise the sewing mchine my fll, resulting in injuries. 6 Specil cre is required when sewing: Alwys py close ttention to the needle. Do not use ent or dmged needles. Keep fingers wy from ll moving prts. Specil cre is required round the mchine needle. Switch the sewing mchine to the symol O position to turn it off when mking ny djustments in the needle re. Do not use dmged or incorrect needle plte, s it could cuse the needle to rek. Do not push or pull the fric when sewing, nd follow creful instruction when free motion stitching so tht you do not deflect the needle nd cuse it to rek. 7 This mchine is not toy: Your close ttention is necessry when the mchine is used y or ner children. The plstic g tht this sewing mchine ws supplied in should e kept out of the rech of children or disposed of. Never llow children to ply with the g due to the dnger of suffoction. Do not use outdoors. 8 For longer service life: When storing this mchine, void direct sunlight nd high humidity loctions. Do not use or store the mchine ner spce heter, iron, hlogen lmp, or other hot ojects. Use only neutrl sops or detergents to clen the cse. Benzene, thinner, nd scouring powders cn dmge the cse nd mchine, nd should never e used. Alwys consult the opertion mnul when replcing or instlling ny ssemlies, the presser feet, needle, or other prts to ssure correct instlltion. 9 For repir or djustment: If the light unit is dmged, it must e replced y n uthorized deler. In the event mlfunction occurs or djustment is required, first follow the trouleshooting tle in the ck of the opertion mnul to inspect nd djust the mchine yourself. If the prolem persists, plese consult your locl uthorized Brother deler. Use this mchine only for its intended use s descried in the mnul. Use ccessories recommended y the mnufcturer s contined in this mnul. Use only the interfce cle (USB cle) included with this mchine. Use only the mouse designed specificlly for this mchine. The contents of this mnul nd specifictions of this product re suject to chnge without notice. For dditionl product informtion nd updtes, visit our wesite t B-2

5 IMPORTANT SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS SAVE THESE INSTRUCTIONS This mchine is intended for household use. This pplince is not intended for use y persons (including children) with reduced physicl, sensory or mentl cpilities, or lck of experience nd knowledge, unless they hve een given supervision or instruction concerning use of the pplince y person responsile for their sfety. Children should e supervised to ensure tht they do not ply with the pplince. This pplince cn e used y children ged from 8 yers nd ove nd persons with reduced physicl, sensory or mentl cpilities or lck of experience nd knowledge if they hve een given supervision or instruction concerning use of the pplince in sfe wy nd understnd the hzrds involved. Children shll not ply with the pplince. Clening nd user mintennce shll not e mde y children without supervision. IMPORTANT FOR USERS IN THE UK, EIRE, MALTA AND CYPRUS ONLY In the event of replcing the plug fuse, use fuse pproved y ASTA to BS 1362, i.e. crrying the mrk, rting s mrked on plug. Alwys replce the fuse cover. Never use plugs with the fuse cover omitted. If the ville electricl outlet is not suitle for the plug supplied with this equipment, you should contct your uthorized deler to otin the correct led. B-3

6 IMPORTANT SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS Federl Communictions Commission (FCC) Declrtion of Conformity (For USA Only) Responsile Prty: Brother Interntionl Corportion 200 Crossing Boulevrd P.O. Box 6911 Bridgewter, NJ USA TEL : (908) declres tht the product Product Nme: Model Numer: Brother Sewing Mchine VM5100 This device complies with Prt 15 of the FCC Rules. Opertion is suject to the following two conditions: (1) this device my not cuse hrmful interference, nd (2) this device must ccept ny interference received, including interference tht my cuse undesired opertion. This equipment hs een tested nd found to comply with the limits for Clss B digitl device, pursunt to Prt 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits re designed to provide resonle protection ginst hrmful interference in residentil instlltion. This equipment genertes, uses, nd cn rdite rdio frequency energy nd, if not instlled nd used in ccordnce with the instructions, my cuse hrmful interference to rdio communictions. However, there is no gurntee tht interference will not occur in prticulr instlltion. If this equipment does cuse hrmful interference to rdio or television reception, which cn e determined y turning the equipment off nd on, the user is encourged to try to correct the interference y one or more of the following mesures: Reorient or relocte the receiving ntenn. Increse the seprtion etween the equipment nd receiver. Connect the equipment into n outlet on circuit different from tht to which the receiver is connected. Consult the deler or n experienced rdio/tv technicin for help. The included interfce cle should e used in order to ensure complince with the limits for Clss B digitl device. Chnges or modifictions not expressly pproved y Brother Industries, Ltd. could void the user s uthority to operte the equipment. B-4

7 WHAT YOU CAN DO WITH THIS MACHINE WHAT YOU CAN DO WITH THIS MACHINE B Bsic opertions After purchsing your mchine, e sure to red this section first. This section provides detils on the initil setup procedures s well s descriptions of this mchine s more useful functions. Chpter 1 Getting Redy To lern the opertion of the principl prts nd the screens Pge B-18 S Sewing This section descries procedures for using the vrious utility stitches s well s other functions. It provides detils on sic mchine sewing in ddition to the more expressive fetures of the mchine, from sewing tuulr pieces nd uttonholes to sewing the chrcter nd decortive stitch ptterns. Chpter 1 Sewing Bsics To lern how to prepre for sewing nd sic sewing opertions Pge S-2 Chpter 3 Chrcter/Decortive Stitches The vriety of stitches widen your cretivity Pge S-76 Chpter 2 Utility Stitches Pre-progrmmed with more thn 100 frequently used stitches Pge S-20 Chpter 4 MY CUSTOM STITCH Crete originl decortive stitches Pge S-102 E Emroidering This section provides instruction to emroider designs with this mchine. Chpter 1, Emroidery, provides detils on sewing emroidery ptterns stored on the mchine s well s ptterns tht hve een imported. Chpter 2, Emroidery Edit, provides detils on editing emroidery ptterns to crete custom emroidery. Chpter 1 Emroidery Mximum 30 cm 18 cm (pprox. 12 inches 7 inches) for lrge emroidery designs Pge E-2 Chpter 2 Emroidery Edit Designs cn e comined, rotted or enlrged Pge E-56 A Appendix This section provides importnt informtion for operting this mchine. Chpter 1 How to Crete Boin Work To lern how to crete oin work Pge A-2 Chpter 2 Mintennce nd Trouleshooting Find trouleshooting tips nd pointers s well s how to keep your mchine in the est working condition. Pge A-18 B-5

8 CONTENTS CONTENTS TRADEMARKS INTRODUCTION... 1 IMPORTANT SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS... 1 WHAT YOU CAN DO WITH THIS MACHINE... 5 NAMES OF MACHINE PARTS AND THEIR FUNCTIONS... 9 Mchine... 9 Needle nd Presser Foot Section Emroidery Unit Opertion Buttons Using the Flt Bed Attchment Included Accessories Accessories tht re Included in Some Countries or Regions Options B Bsic opertions Chpter1 Getting Redy 18 TURNING THE MACHINE ON/OFF Setting Your Mchine for the First Time LCD SCREEN Using the Mchine Setting Mode Key Using the Sewing Mchine Help Key Using the Opertion Guide Function Using the Sewing Guide Function Using the Pttern Explntion Function LOWER THREADING Winding the Boin Setting the Boin Pulling Up the Boin Thred UPPER THREADING Upper Threding Using the Twin Needle Mode Using Threds tht Unwind Quickly CHANGING THE PRESSER FOOT Removing the Presser Foot Attching the Presser Foot Attching the Presser Foot with the Included Adpter CHANGING THE NEEDLE ABOUT THE NEEDLE AND FABRIC Aout the Needle Fric/Thred/Needle Comintions BEFORE EMBROIDERING Emroidery Step y Step Attching the Emroidery Foot W Using the Optionl Emroidery Foot W+ with LED Pointer Attching the Emroidery Unit USING FUNCTIONS BY CONNECTING THE ACCESSORY TO THE MACHINE Using USB Medi or Emroidery Crd Reder/ USB Crd Writer Module* Connecting the Mchine to the Computer Using USB Mouse Using the Optionl Dul Feed Foot S Sewing Chpter1 Sewing Bsics 2 SEWING... 3 Sewing Stitch... 3 Sewing Reinforcement Stitches... 5 Automtic Reinforcement Stitching... 5 Sewing Curves... 7 Chnging Sewing Direction... 7 Sewing Hevyweight Frics... 7 Sewing Hook-nd-Loop Fstener... 8 Sewing Lightweight Frics... 9 Sewing Stretch Frics... 9 STITCH SETTINGS Setting the Stitch Width Setting the Stitch Length Setting the L/R SHIFT Setting the Thred Tension USEFUL FUNCTIONS Automtic Thred Cutting Using the Knee Lifter Pivoting Automtic Fric Sensor System (Automtic Presser Foot Pressure) Needle Position Stitch Plcement Locking the Screen Chpter2 Utility Stitches 20 SELECTING UTILITY STITCHES Selecting Stitch Sving Your Stitch Settings SEWING THE STITCHES Stright Stitches Drt Sem Gthering Flt Fell Sem Pintuck Zigzg Stitches Elstic Zigzg Stitches Overcsting Quilting Blind Hem Stitches Appliqué Shelltuck Stitches Scllop Stitches Crzy Quilting Smocking Stitches Fgoting Tpe or Elstic Attching Heirloom One-step Buttonholes Drning Br Tcks Button Sewing Eyelet Multi-directionl Sewing (Stright Stitch nd Zigzg Stitch) Zipper Insertion STITCH SETTING CHART B-6

9 CONTENTS Chpter3 Chrcter/Decortive Stitches 76 SELECTING STITCH PATTERNS Selecting Decortive Stitch Ptterns/7mm Decortive Stitch Ptterns/Stin Stitch Ptterns/7mm Stin Stitch Ptterns/Cross Stitch/Utility Decortive Stitch Ptterns Chrcters SEWING STITCH PATTERNS Sewing Attrctive Finishes Bsic Sewing Mking Adjustments EDITING STITCH PATTERNS Chnging the Size Chnging the Length (for 7mm Stin Stitch Ptterns Only) Creting Verticl Mirror Imge Creting Horizontl Mirror Imge Sewing Pttern Continuously Chnging Thred Density (for Stin Stitch Ptterns Only) Returning to the Beginning of the Pttern Checking the Imge COMBINING STITCH PATTERNS Before Comining Comining Vrious Stitch Ptterns Comining Lrge nd Smll Stitch Ptterns Comining Horizontl Mirror Imge Stitch Ptterns Comining Stitch Ptterns of Different Length Mking Step Stitch Ptterns (for 7mm Stin Stitch Ptterns Only) USING THE MEMORY FUNCTION Stitch Dt Precutions Sving Stitch Ptterns in the Mchine s ry Sving Stitch Ptterns to USB Medi Sving Stitch Ptterns in the Computer Retrieving Stitch Ptterns from the Mchine s ry Reclling from USB Medi Reclling from the Computer Chpter4 MY CUSTOM STITCH 102 DESIGNING A STITCH ENTERING STITCH DATA USING STORED CUSTOM STITCHES Storing Custom Stitches in Your List Retrieving Stored Stitches E Emroidering Chpter1 Emroidery 2 SELECTING PATTERNS... 3 Selecting Emroidery Ptterns/Brother Exclusives /Florl Alphet/Boin Work Ptterns... 4 Selecting Chrcter Ptterns... 5 Selecting Frme Ptterns... 7 Selecting Ptterns from Emroidery Crds... 7 Selecting Ptterns from USB Medi/Computer... 8 VIEWING THE EMBROIDERING SCREEN... 9 PREPARING THE FABRIC Attching Iron-on Stilizers (Bcking) to the Fric Hooping the Fric in the Emroidery Frme Emroidering Smll Frics or Fric Edges ATTACHING THE EMBROIDERY FRAME CONFIRMING THE PATTERN POSITION Checking the Pttern Position Previewing the Completed Pttern SEWING AN EMBROIDERY PATTERN Emroidery Attrctive Finishes Sewing Emroidery Ptterns Sewing Emroidery Ptterns Which Use Appliqué ADJUSTMENTS DURING THE EMBROIDERY PROCESS If the Boin Runs Out of Thred If the Thred Breks During Sewing Restrting from the Beginning Resuming Emroidery After Turning Off the Power MAKING EMBROIDERY ADJUSTMENTS Adjusting Thred Tension Adjusting the Boin Cse (with No Color on the Screw) Using the Automtic Thred Cutting Function (END COLOR TRIM) Using the Thred Trimming Function (JUMP STITCH TRIM) Adjusting the Emroidery Speed Chnging the Thred Color Disply Chnging the Emroidery Frme Disply REVISING THE PATTERN Moving the Pttern Aligning the Pttern nd the Needle Chnging the Size of the Pttern Rotting the Pttern Creting Horizontl Mirror Imge Enlrging the Editing Screen Chnging the Density (Alphet Chrcter nd Frme Ptterns Only) Chnging the Colors of Alphet Chrcter Ptterns Emroidering Linked Chrcters Uninterrupted Emroidering (Monochrome - Using Single Color) USING THE MEMORY FUNCTION Emroidery Dt Precutions Sving Emroidery Ptterns in the Mchine s ry Sving Emroidery Ptterns to USB Medi Sving Emroidery Ptterns in the Computer Retrieving Ptterns from the Mchine s ry Reclling from USB Medi Reclling from the Computer EMBROIDERY APPLICATIONS Using Frme Pttern to Mke n Appliqué (1) Using Frme Pttern to Mke n Appliqué (2) Sewing Split Emroidery Ptterns Chpter2 Emroidery Edit 56 EXPLANATION OF FUNCTIONS SELECTING PATTERNS TO EDIT Selecting Emroidery Ptterns/Brother Exclusives /Florl Alphet Ptterns/Frme/Boin Work Ptterns Selecting Alphet Chrcter Ptterns EDITING PATTERNS Moving the Pttern Rotting the Pttern Chnging the Size of the Pttern Deleting the Pttern Displying Ptterns in the Screen Mgnified y 200% Chnging the Configurtion of Chrcter Ptterns Chnging Chrcter Spcing Reducing Chrcter Spcing Seprting Comined Chrcter Ptterns Chnging the Color of Ech Alphet Chrcter in Pttern Emroidering Linked Chrcters Chnging the Thred Color Creting Custom Thred Tle Choosing Color from the Custom Thred Tle Designing Repeted Ptterns Emroidering the Pttern Repetedly Duplicting Pttern After Editing COMBINING PATTERNS Editing Comined Ptterns Sewing Comined Ptterns B-7

10 CONTENTS VARIOUS EMBROIDERING FUNCTIONS Uninterrupted Emroidering (Monochrome - Using Single Color) Bsting Emroidery USING THE MEMORY FUNCTION A Appendix Chpter1 How to Crete Boin Work 2 ABOUT BOBBIN WORK... 3 PREPARING FOR BOBBIN WORK... 3 Required Mterils... 3 Upper Threding... 4 Prepring the Boin Thred... 5 CREATING BOBBIN WORK (SEWING)... 9 Positioning the Fric nd Sewing... 9 Boin Work Free Motion Sewing CREATING BOBBIN WORK (EMBROIDERY) Selecting the Pttern Strt Emroidering ADJUSTING THE THREAD TENSION TROUBLESHOOTING Chpter2 Mintennce nd Trouleshooting 18 CARE AND MAINTENANCE Restrictions on oiling Precutions on storing the mchine Clening the LCD Screen Clening the Mchine Csing Clening the Rce Clening the Cutter in the Boin Cse Are Aout the Mintennce Messge ADJUSTING THE SCREEN Adjusting the Brightness of the Screen Disply Touch Pnel is Mlfunctioning TROUBLESHOOTING Frequent trouleshooting topics Upper thred tightened up Tngled thred on wrong side of fric Incorrect thred tension Fric is cught in the mchine nd cnnot e removed List of Symptoms ERROR MESSAGES SPECIFICATIONS UPGRADING YOUR MACHINE S SOFTWARE Upgrde Procedure Using USB Medi Upgrde Procedure Using Computer INDEX B-8

11 NAMES OF MACHINE PARTS AND THEIR FUNCTIONS NAMES OF MACHINE PARTS AND THEIR FUNCTIONS The nmes of the vrious prts of the sewing mchine nd their functions re descried elow. Before using the sewing mchine, crefully red these descriptions to lern the nmes of the mchine prts. Mchine Front View Right-side/Rer View Top cover Open the top cover to thred the mchine nd wind the oin. Pre-tension disk Pss the thred round the pre-tension disk when winding the oin thred. (pge B-38) c Thred guide for oin winding Pss the thred through this thred guide when winding the oin thred. (pge B-38) d Spool pin Plce spool of thred on the spool pin. (pge B-46) e Spool cp Use the spool cp to hold the spool of thred in plce. (pge B-46) f Supplementl spool pin Use this spool pin to wind the oin thred, or to sew with the twin needle. (pge B-38, B-49) g Boin winder Use the oin winder when winding the oin. (pge B-38) h LCD (liquid crystl disply) Settings for the selected stitch nd error messges pper in the LCD. (pge B-22) i Speker j Knee lifter Use the knee lifter to rise nd lower the presser foot. (pge S-15) k Knee lifter slot Insert the knee lifter into the slot. (pge S-15) l Opertion uttons (7 uttons) nd sewing speed controller Use these uttons nd the slide to operte the sewing mchine. (pge B-11) m Flt ed ttchment with ccessory comprtment Store presser feet nd oins in the ccessory comprtment of the flt ed ttchment. When sewing cylindricl pieces, remove the flt ed ttchment. (pge B-12) n Thred cutter Pss the threds through the thred cutter to cut them. (pge B-48) o Thred guide plte Pss the thred round the thred guide plte when threding upper thred. (pge B-46) Connector for the optionl presser foot Connect the dul feed foot or emroidery foot with LED pointer. (pge B-60, B-67) Hndle Crry the sewing mchine y its hndle when trnsporting the mchine. c Presser foot lever Rise nd lower the presser foot lever to rise nd lower the presser foot. (pge B-53) d Air vent The ir vent llows the ir surrounding the motor to circulte. Do not cover the ir vent while the sewing mchine is eing used. e Min power switch Use the min power switch to turn the sewing mchine ON nd OFF. (pge B-19) f Foot controller Depress the foot controller to control the speed of the mchine. (pge S-4) g Power cord receptcle Insert the power cord into the mchine receptcle. (pge B-19) h Foot controller jck Insert the foot controller plug into its jck on the mchine. (pge S-4) i USB port for computer In order to import/export ptterns etween computer nd the mchine, plug the USB cle into the USB port. (pge B-65, S-97, E-47) j USB port for mouse/medi (USB 2.0) In order to send ptterns from/to USB medi, plug the USB medi directly into the USB port. (pge B-65, S-96, E-46) Connect the USB mouse to operte with mouse. (pge B-66) k Hndwheel Rotte the hndwheel towrd you (counterclockwise) to rise nd lower the needle. The wheel should e turned towrd the front of the mchine. B-9

12 NAMES OF MACHINE PARTS AND THEIR FUNCTIONS Needle nd Presser Foot Section Mesurements on the needle plte, oin cover (with mrk) nd needle plte cover The mesurements on the oin cover re references for ptterns with middle (center) needle position. The mesurements on the needle plte nd the needle plte cover re references for stitches with left needle position. Buttonhole lever The uttonhole lever is used with the one-step uttonhole foot to crete uttonholes. (pge S-55) Presser foot holder screw Use the presser foot holder screw to hold the presser foot in plce. (pge B-53, B-59) c Presser foot holder The presser foot is ttched to the presser foot holder. (pge B-53) d Presser foot The presser foot consistently pplies pressure to the fric s sewing tkes plce. Attch the pproprite presser foot for the selected stitch. (pge B-53) e Feed dogs The feed dogs feed the fric in the sewing direction. f Boin cover Open the oin cover to set the oin. (pge B-43, S-32) g Needle plte cover Remove the needle plte cover to clen the rce. (pge S-26, E-22) h Needle plte The needle plte is mrked with guides to help sew stright sems. (pge S-26) i Needle r thred guide Pss the upper thred through the needle r thred guide. (pge B-46) j Needle clmp screw Use the needle clmp screw to hold the needle in plce. (pge B-53) For stitches with middle (center) needle position For stitches with left needle position c Left needle position on the needle plte <inch> d Left needle position on the needle plte <cm> e Middle (center) needle position on the oin cover (with mrk) <inch> f Left needle position on the needle plte cover <inch> B-10

13 NAMES OF MACHINE PARTS AND THEIR FUNCTIONS Emroidery Unit Opertion Buttons Crrige The crrige moves the emroidery frme utomticlly when emroidering. (pge B-62) Relese utton (locted under the emroidery unit) Press the relese utton to remove the emroidery unit. (pge B-62) c Emroidery frme holder Insert the emroidery frme into the emroidery frme holder to hold the frme in plce. (pge E-17) d Frme-securing lever Press the frme-securing lever down to secure the emroidery frme. (pge E-17) e Emroidery unit connection Insert the emroidery unit connection into the connection port when ttching the emroidery unit. (pge B-62) CAUTION Before inserting or removing the emroidery unit, turn the min power to OFF. After the emroidery frme is set in the frme holder, e sure the frme-securing lever is correctly lowered. Strt/Stop utton Press this utton nd the mchine will sew few stitches t slow speed nd then egin sewing t the speed set y the sewing speed controller. Press the utton gin to stop the mchine. Hold the utton in to sew t the mchine s slowest speed. The utton chnges color ccording to the mchine s opertion mode. Green: The mchine is redy to sew or is sewing. Red: The mchine cnnot sew. Reverse Stitch utton For stright, zigzg, nd elstic zigzg stitch ptterns tht tke reverse stitches, the mchine will sew reverse stitches t low speed only while holding down the Reverse Stitch utton. The stitches re sewn in the opposite position. For other stitches, use this utton to sew reinforcement stitches t the eginning nd end of sewing. Press nd hold this utton, nd the mchine sews 3 stitches in the sme spot nd stops utomticlly. (see pge S-5) c Reinforcement Stitch utton Use this utton to sew single stitch repetedly nd tie-off. For chrcter/decortive stitches, press this utton to end with full stitch insted of t mid-point. The LED light eside this utton lights up while the mchine is sewing full motif, nd utomticlly turns off when the sewing is stopped. (see pge S-5) d Needle Position utton Use this utton when chnging sewing direction or for detiled sewing in smll res. Press this utton to rise or lower the needle position. With this utton, you cn lower nd rise the needle to sew single stitch. e Thred Cutter utton Press this utton fter sewing to utomticlly trim the excess thred. f Presser Foot Lifter utton Press this utton to lower the presser foot nd pply pressure to the fric. Press this utton gin to rise the presser foot. g Sewing Speed controller Use this controller to djust the sewing speed. Move the slide to the left to sew t slower speeds. Move the slide to the right to sew t higher speeds. Beginners should sew t slow speed. h Automtic Threding utton Use this utton to utomticlly thred the needle. CAUTION Do not press the thred cutter utton fter the threds hve een cut. The needle my rek nd threds my ecome tngled, or dmge to the mchine my occur. B-11

14 NAMES OF MACHINE PARTS AND THEIR FUNCTIONS Using the Flt Bed Attchment Pull the top of the flt ed ttchment to open the ccessory comprtment. A presser foot storge try is stored in the ccessory comprtment of the flt ed ttchment. Storge spce of the flt ed ttchment Presser foot storge spce of the flt ed ttchment c Presser foot storge try There re lso storge spces for optionl presser feet, such s the verticl stitch lignment foot V. B-12

15 NAMES OF MACHINE PARTS AND THEIR FUNCTIONS Included Accessories /11 2 needles 90/14 2 needles 90/14 2 needles: Bll point needle (gold colored) 2.0/11 needle 75/11 2 needles: Bll point needle for emroidery HAX130EBBR B-13

16 NAMES OF MACHINE PARTS AND THEIR FUNCTIONS No. Prt Nme Prt Code Americs Others 1 Zigzg foot J (on mchine) XF Monogrmming foot N X Overcsting foot G XC Zipper foot I X Buttonhole foot A X Blind stitch foot R X Button fitting foot M Emroidery foot W XF Free motion open toe quilting XF foot O 10 Adpter XF Screw (smll) XA Needle set *1 X Twin needle *2 X Bll point needle set *3 XD Boin 10 (One is on mchine.) SA156 SFB: XA Sem ripper XF Scissors XC Clening rush X Eyelet punch XZ Screwdriver (smll) X Screwdriver (lrge) XC Disc-shped screwdriver XC Verticl spool pin XC Spool cp (smll) Spool cp (medium) 2 X (One is on mchine.) 26 Spool cp (lrge) Spool cp (specil) XA Boin clip 10 XE Spool felt (on mchine) X Spool net 2 XA Emroidery needle plte XE cover 32 Touch pen (stylus) XA Knee lifter XA USB cle XD Alternte oin cse XC (no color on the screw) 36 Boin cse (gry, for oin XE work) 37 Cord guide oin cover XE (with single hole) 38 Boin cover (with mrk) XF Boin cover (on mchine) XE Foot controller XD (EU re) XC (other re) 41 Emroidery frme set (extr lrge) SA440 EF76: XC H 30 cm W 18 cm (H 12 inches W 7 inches) 42 Emroidery oin thred SA-EBT XC Stilizer mteril SA519 BM3: XE Grid sheet set SA507 GS3: X Chlk pencil XE Dust cover VM5100 : XF V5 : XF Accessory g XC Opertion mnul This mnul 49 Quick Reference Guide XF XF *1 75/11 2 needles 90/14 2 needles 90/14 2 needles: Bll point needle (gold colored) *2 2.0/11 needle *3 75/11 2 needles: Bll point needle for emroidery HAX130EBBR Foot controller: Model T This foot controller cn e used on the mchine with product code 882-C50. The product code is mentioned on the mchine rting plte. Alwys use ccessories recommended for this mchine. Plcing oin clips on oins helps prevent the thred from unwinding from the oin. In ddition, snpping oin clips together llows the oins to e conveniently stored nd prevents them from rolling round if they re dropped. B-14

17 NAMES OF MACHINE PARTS AND THEIR FUNCTIONS Accessories tht re Included in Some Countries or Regions If these ccessories re not included with your mchine, these re ville s optionl ccessories No. Prt Nme Prt Code Americs Others 1 Stright stitch foot SA167 F042N: XC /4 quilting foot with guide SA185 F057: XC Stright stitch needle plte XF Emroidery frme set (medium) H 10 cm W 10 cm (H 4 inches W 4 inches) 5 Emroidery frme set (lrge) H 18 cm W 13 cm (H 7 inches W 5 inches) SA438 SA439 EF74: XC EF75: XC Options The following re ville s optionl ccessories to e purchsed seprtely from your uthorized Brother deler B-15

18 NAMES OF MACHINE PARTS AND THEIR FUNCTIONS No. Prt Nme Americs 1 Multi-function foot controller SAMFFC (USA) SAMFFCC (Cnd) 2 Emroidery frme set (smll) H 2 cm W 6 cm (H 1 inch W 2-1/2 inches) 3 Squre emroidery frme H 15 cm x W 15 cm (H 6 inches x W 6 inches) SA437 SA448 (USA) SA448C (Cnd) 4 Dul feed foot SA196 (USA) SA196C (Cnd) Prt Code Others MFFC1: XF MFFC1OC: XF (Austrli) EF73: XC SEF150: XF DF1: XF (EU re) DF1AP: XF (other re) 5 Open toe for dul feed foot SA195 F070: XF Emroidery foot W+ with LED pointer 7 Border emroidery frme H 30 cm x W 10 cm (H 12 inches x W 4 inches) SA197 (USA) SA197C (Cnd) SABF6200D1 (USA) SABF6200D1C (Cnd) 8 10 spool stnd SA561 (USA) SA561C (Cnd) 9 King spool thred stnd SA562 (USA) SA562C (Cnd) 10 Wide tle SAWT6200D (USA) SAWT6200DC (Cnd) FLED1: XF (EU re) FLED1AP: XF (other re) BF3: XF TS5: XF TS6: XF WT10: XF Emroidery crd Reder SAECRI 12 Emroidery crd 13 Stilizer mteril SA519 BM3: XE Wter solule stilizer SA520 BM5: XE Sem guide SA538 SG1: XC Wlking foot SA140 F033N: XC Side cutter foot SA177 F054: XC Free motion quilting foot C XF Free motion echo quilting foot E XE Free-motion quilting foot SA129 F005N: XC Circulr ttchment SACIRC1 CIRC1: XE Stitch in the ditch foot SA191 F065: XF Verticl stitching lignment foot V SA189 F063: XE USB mouse XE Free motion guide grip SAFMGRIP FMG2: XF (EU re) FMG2AP: XF (other re) All specifictions re correct t the time of printing. Plese e wre tht some specifictions my chnge without notice. Emroidery crds purchsed in foreign countries my not work with your mchine. Visit your deler or nerest uthorized Brother deler for complete listing of optionl ccessories nd emroidery crds ville for your mchine. B-16

19 Bsic opertions This section provides detils on the initil setup procedures s well s descriptions of this mchine s more useful functions. Pge numer strts with B in this section. Chpter1 Getting Redy...B-18

20 BBsic opertions Chpter 1 Getting Redy TURNING THE MACHINE ON/OFF...19 Setting Your Mchine for the First Time...20 LCD SCREEN...22 Home Pge Screen Utility Stitch Screen Key Functions Using the Mchine Setting Mode Key...26 Selecting the Eco Mode or Shutoff Support Mode Chnging the Pointer Shpe When USB Mouse Is Used Selecting the Initil Screen Disply Choosing the Disply Lnguge Chnging the Bckground Colors of the Emroidery Ptterns Specifying the Size of Pttern Thumnils Sving Settings Screen Imge to USB Medi Using the Sewing Mchine Help Key...34 Using the Opertion Guide Function...35 Using the Sewing Guide Function...36 Using the Pttern Explntion Function...37 LOWER THREADING...38 USING FUNCTIONS BY CONNECTING THE ACCESSORY TO THE MACHINE Using USB Medi or Emroidery Crd Reder/ USB Crd Writer Module* Connecting the Mchine to the Computer Using USB Mouse Clicking Key...66 Chnging Pges...66 Using the Optionl Dul Feed Foot Attching the Dul Feed Foot...67 Attching/detching toe...67 Using the Dul Feed Position Lever...68 Adjusting the Amount of Fric Feeding of the Dul Feed Foot...68 Winding the Boin...38 Using the Supplementl Spool Pin Using the Spool Pin Untngling Thred from Beneth the Boin Winder Set Setting the Boin...43 Pulling Up the Boin Thred...45 UPPER THREADING...46 Upper Threding...46 Using the Twin Needle Mode...49 Using Threds tht Unwind Quickly...51 Using the Spool Net Using the Verticl Spool Pin CHANGING THE PRESSER FOOT...53 Removing the Presser Foot...53 Attching the Presser Foot...53 Attching the Presser Foot with the Included Adpter...53 Attching the Wlking foot CHANGING THE NEEDLE...55 ABOUT THE NEEDLE AND FABRIC Aout the Needle...56 Fric/Thred/Needle Comintions...57 BEFORE EMBROIDERING...58 Emroidery Step y Step...58 Attching the Emroidery Foot W...59 Using the Optionl Emroidery Foot W+ with LED Pointer...60 Attching the Emroidery Foot W+ with LED Pointer Checking the Needle Drop Point With the Emroidery Foot W+ with LED Pointer Adjusting the LED Pointer Adjusting the Brightness of the LED Pointer Attching the Emroidery Unit...62 Aout the Emroidery Unit Removing the Emroidery Unit... 63

21 TURNING THE MACHINE ON/OFF TURNING THE MACHINE ON/OFF WARNING Use only regulr household electricity for the power source. Using other power sources my result in fire, electric shock, or dmge to the mchine. Mke sure tht the plugs on the power cord re firmly inserted into the electricl outlet nd the power cord receptcle on the mchine. Do not insert the plug on the power cord into n electricl outlet tht is in poor condition. Turn the min power to OFF nd remove the plug in the following circumstnces: When you re wy from the mchine After using the mchine When the power fils during use When the mchine does not operte correctly due to d connection or disconnection During electricl storms B 1 Getting Redy CAUTION Use only the power cord included with this mchine. Do not use extension cords or multi-plug dpters with mny other pplinces plugged in to them. Fire or electric shock my result. Do not touch the plug with wet hnds. Electric shock my result. When unplugging the mchine, lwys turn the min power to OFF first. Alwys grsp the plug to remove it from the outlet. Pulling on the cord my dmge the cord, or led to fire or electric shock. Do not llow the power cord to e cut, dmged, modified, forcefully ent, pulled, twisted, or undled. Do not plce hevy ojects on the cord. Do not suject the cord to het. These things my dmge the cord, or cuse fire or electric shock. If the cord or plug is dmged, tke the mchine to your uthorized deler for repirs efore continuing use. Unplug the power cord if the mchine is not to e used for long period of time. Otherwise, fire my result. When leving the mchine unttended, either the min switch of the mchine should e turned to OFF or the plug must e removed from the socket-outlet. When servicing the mchine or when removing covers, the mchine must e unplugged. For USA only This pplince hs polrized plug (one lde wider thn the other). To reduce the risk of electricl shock, this plug is intended to fit in polrized outlet only one wy. If the plug does not fit fully in the outlet, reverse the plug. If it still does not fit, contct qulified electricin to instll the proper outlet. Do not modify the plug in ny wy. Bsic opertions B-19

22 TURNING THE MACHINE ON/OFF Insert the power supply cord into the power cord receptcle, then insert the plug into wll outlet. d Turn the min power switch to O to turn off the mchine. If the mchine is turned off in the middle of sewing in the Sewing function, the opertion will not continued fter turning the power on gin. Setting Your Mchine for the First Time Min power switch Power supply cord Turn the min power switch to I to turn on the mchine. When you first turn on the mchine, set the lnguge nd time/dte to your lnguge nd locl time/dte. Follow the procedure elow when the settings screen ppers utomticlly. Press nd to set your locl lnguge. OFF ON When the stright stitch needle plte is on the mchine, the needle will utomticlly move to the middle position. When the mchine is turned on, the needle nd the feed dogs will mke sound when they move; this is not mlfunction. Press. The messge screen, confirming if you wnt c to set time/dte, ppers. To set the time/dte, press ; to cncel the setting, press. The screen to set time/dte ppers. c When the mchine is turned on, the opening movie is plyed. Touch nywhere on the screen to disply the Home pge screen. CAUTION Only touch the screen with your finger or the included touch pen. Do not use shrp pencil, screwdriver, or other hrd or shrp oject. It is not necessry to press hrd on the screen. Pressing too hrd or using shrp oject my dmge the screen. B-20

23 TURNING THE MACHINE ON/OFF d Press or to set time/dte. c d B 1 Getting Redy Press to disply the time on the screen. Set the yer (YYYY), month (MM) nd dte (DD). c Select whether 24h or 12h setting to disply. d Set the current time. e Press to strt using your mchine. The clock strts from 0 second of the time you set. The time/dte you set my e clered, if you don t turn on the mchine for certin period. Bsic opertions B-21

24 LCD SCREEN LCD SCREEN CAUTION Only touch the screen with your finger or the included touch pen. Do not use shrp pencil, screwdriver, or other hrd or shrp oject. It is not necessry to press hrd on the screen. Pressing too hrd or using shrp oject my dmge the screen. Home Pge Screen c No. Disply Key Nme Explntion Pge Sewing key Press this key to sew utility stitches or chrcter or decortive stitch ptterns. See the Key Functions tle. B-24 Emroidery key Attch the emroidery unit nd press this key to emroider ptterns. E-3 c Emroidery Edit key Press this key to comine emroidery ptterns. With the Emroidery Edit functions, you cn lso crete originl emroidery ptterns or frme ptterns. E-57 B-22

25 LCD SCREEN Utility Stitch Screen Press key with your finger to select the stitch pttern, to select mchine function, or to select n opertion indicted on the key. When the key disply is light gry, the function is not currently ville. c d e g h f B 1 Getting Redy No. Disply Key Nme Explntion Pge Needle position setting disply Shows single or twin needle mode setting, nd the needle stop position. Single needle/down Single needle/up position position Twin needle/down Twin needle/up position position Selected stitch Shows the nme nd code numer of the selected stitch. S-3 disply c Presser foot disply Shows the presser foot code. Attch the presser foot indicted in this disply efore sewing. B-53 d Stitch preview Shows preview of the selected stitch. When shown t 100%, the stitch ppers in the screen t nerly its ctul size. S-21 e Pttern disply size Shows the pproximte size of the pttern selected. : Nerly the sme size s the sewn pttern S-21 : 1/2 the size of the sewn pttern : 1/4 the size of the sewn pttern * The ctul size of the sewn pttern my differ depending on the type of fric nd thred tht is used. f Stitch selection screen Press the key for the pttern you wnt to sew. Use to chnge to different stitch groups. S-21 g Pge disply Shows dditionl pges tht cn e displyed. h Scroll key Press or, to move one pge t time, or touch nywhere on the r to jump hed for dditionl pges of stitches. * All key functions of the LCD re explined in the Key Functions tle on the following pge. Bsic opertions B-23

26 LCD SCREEN Key Functions c d s r q p o n e f g h i j m l k No. Disply Key Nme Explntion Pge Utility Stitch key Press this key to select stright stitch, zigzg stitch, uttonhole, lind hem S-21 stitch, or other stitches commonly used in grment construction. Chrcter/ Press this key to select chrcter or decortive stitch ptterns. S-77 Decortive Stitch key c Screen lock key Press this key to lock the screen. When the screen is locked, the vrious settings, such s the stitch width nd stitch length, re locked nd cnnot e chnged. Press this key gin to unlock the settings. d e Home pge screen key Needle mode selection key (Single/Doule) Press this key nytime it is displyed to return to the home pge screen nd select different ctegory - Sewing, Emroidery or Emroidery Edit. Press this key to select twin needle sewing mode. The sewing mode chnges etween single needle mode nd twin needle mode ech time you press the key. If the key disply is light gry, the selected stitch pttern cnnot e sewn in the twin needle mode. f Imge key Press this key to disply n enlrged imge of the selected stitch pttern. S-22 S-18 B-22 B-49 g Mchine s memory key Press this key to select from 3 memory functions; retrieving, storing or reset. h L/R SHIFT key Shows the tendency of Left/Right of the center line of the originl zigzg stitch currently selected stitch pttern. S-22, S-95, S-97 S-11 i Thred tension key Shows the utomtic thred tension setting of the currently selected stitch pttern. You cn use the plus nd minus keys to chnge the thred tension settings. S-12 j Clock key Press this key to set the clock to your locl time. B-20 k l m n Presser foot/needle exchnge key Sewing mchine help key Mchine setting mode key Stitch width nd stitch length key Press this key efore chnging the needle, the presser foot, etc. This key locks ll key nd utton functions to prevent opertion of the mchine. B-53 to B-55 Press this key to see explntions on how to use the mchine. B-34 Press this key to chnge the needle stop position, chnge the volume of opertion sound, djust the pttern or screen, nd chnge other mchine settings. Shows the zigzg width nd stitch length settings of the currently selected stitch pttern. You cn use the plus nd minus keys to djust the zigzg width nd stitch length settings. B-26 S-10 B-24

27 LCD SCREEN No. Disply Key Nme Explntion Pge o Mirror imge key Press this key to crete mirror imge of the selected stitch pttern. If the key disply is light gry, mirror imge of the selected stitch pttern cnnot e sewn. p q r Automtic thred cutting key Automtic reverse/reinforcement stitch key Free motion mode key Press this key to set the utomtic thred cutting function. Set the utomtic thred cutting function efore sewing to hve the mchine utomticlly sew reinforcement stitches t the eginning nd end of sewing (depending on the pttern, the mchine my sew reverse stitches) nd trim the threds fter sewing. Press this key to use the utomtic reverse/reinforcement stitching setting. If you select this setting efore sewing, the mchine will utomticlly sew reverse stitches or reinforcement stitches depending on the pttern, t the eginning nd end of sewing. Press this key to enter free motion sewing mode. The presser foot is rised to n pproprite height nd the feed dog is lowered for free motion quilting. s Pivot key Press this key to select the pivot setting. When the pivot setting is selected, stopping the mchine lowers the needle nd slightly rises the presser foot utomticlly. In ddition, when sewing is restrted, the presser foot is utomticlly lowered. S-21 S-14 S-5 S-40 S-15 B 1 Getting Redy If this key ppers s, the pivot function cnnot e used. Be sure the needle position on pge B-27 of Mchine Settings is set to the down position. For dditionl opertionl informtion, refer to pge reference numer listed ove. Bsic opertions B-25

28 LCD SCREEN Using the Mchine Setting Mode Key Press to chnge the defult mchine settings (needle stop position, emroidery speed, opening disply, etc.). To disply the different settings screens, press for Sewing settings, for Generl settings or for Emroidery settings. Press or next to the pge numers, to disply different settings screen. Sewing settings c d e f g h i j k l l l Select whether to use the sewing speed controller to determine the zigzg width (see pge S-39). Mke djustments to chrcter or decortive stitch ptterns (see pge S-82). c Adjust the presser foot height. (Select the height of the presser foot when the presser foot is rised.) d Adjust the presser foot pressure. (The higher the numer, the greter the pressure will e. Set the pressure t 3 for norml sewing.) (see pge S-17) If the dul feed foot is instlled nd its roller is lowered, the pressure setting is fixed t 2 nd cnnot e chnged. e Fine tune the feed of the dul feed foot (see pge B-67). f Select whether 1-01 Stright stitch (Left) or 1-03 Stright stitch (Middle) is the utility stitch tht is utomticlly selected when the mchine is turned on. (see pge S-21) g Select whether Utility Stitch or Quilt Stitch displyed first on the stitch selection screen when the Sewing is selected. h You cn ctivte this setting fter connecting the optionl multi-function foot controller. (These settings re not operle unless the optionl multi-function foot controller is ttched to the mchine.) i Chnge the height of the presser foot when sewing is stopped when the pivot setting is selected (see pge S-15). Adjust the presser foot to one of the three heights (3.2 mm, 5.0 mm nd 7.5 mm). (see pge S-15) j Chnge the height of the presser foot when the mchine is set to free motion sewing mode (see pge S-40). k When set to ON, the thickness of the fric is utomticlly detected y n internl sensor while sewing. This enles the fric to e fed smoothly (see pges S-8 nd S-17). l Press to sve the current settings screen imge to USB medi (see pge B-33) B-26

29 LCD SCREEN Generl settings f B 1 c d e g h Getting Redy Select the needle stop position (the needle position when the mchine is not operting) to e up or down. Select the down position when using the pivot key. (see pge S-15) Select the opertion of the Needle Position Stitch Plcement utton from the following two sequences (see pge S-18). Ech press of the Needle Position Stitch Plcement utton: ON rises the needle, stops it t nerly lowered position, then lowers it OFF rises the needle, then lowers it c Chnge the shpe of the pointer when USB mouse is used (see pge B-30). d Turn the Upper nd Boin Thred Sensor ON or OFF. If it is turned OFF, the mchine cn e used without thred. (see pge S-4, E-26) CAUTION If Upper nd Boin Thred Sensor is set to OFF, remove the upper thred. If the mchine is used with the upper thred threded, the mchine will not e le to detect if the thred hs ecome tngled. Continuing to use the mchine with tngled thred my cuse dmge. e Chnge the speker volume. Increse the numer for louder volume, decrese for softer volume. f Select to sve the mchine power y setting the Eco Mode or the Shutoff Support Mode (see pge B-30). g Select the initil screen tht is displyed when the mchine is turned on (see pge B-30). h Chnge the disply lnguge (see pge B-31). Bsic opertions B-27

30 LCD SCREEN c d e f Chnge the rightness of the needle re nd work re lights. Chnge the screen disply rightness (see pge A-22). c Disply the service count which is reminder to tke your mchine in for regulr servicing. (Contct your uthorized deler for detils.) d Disply the totl numer of stitches sewn on this mchine. e The No. is the internl mchine numer for the emroidery nd sewing mchine. f Disply the progrm version. Version 1 shows the progrm version of the LCD pnel, Version 2 shows the progrm version of the mchine. The ltest version of softwre is instlled in your mchine. Check with your locl uthorized Brother deler or t for ville updtes (see pge A-38). B-28

31 LCD SCREEN Emroidery settings g h k l B 1 c d i m Getting Redy e j f Select from mong 16 emroidery frme displys (see pge E-35). Chnge the thred color disply on the Emroidery screen; thred numer, color nme (see pge E-34). c When the thred numer #123 is selected, select from six thred rnds (see pge E-34). d Adjust the mximum emroidery speed setting (see pge E-33). e Adjust the upper thred tension for emroidering (see pge E-30). f Select the height of the emroidery foot during emroidering (see pge E-11). g Chnge the initil mode of the disply (Emroidery/Emroidery Edit) (see pge E-4). h Chnge the color of the ckground for the emroidery disply re (see pge B-31). i Chnge the color of the ckground for the thumnil re (see pge B-31). j Press to specify the size of pttern thumnils (see pge B-32). k Chnge the disply units (mm/inch). l Adjust the distnce etween the pttern nd the sting stitching (see pge E-84). m Adjusting the position nd rightness of the emroidery foot W+ with LED pointer (see pge B-61). Bsic opertions B-29

32 LCD SCREEN Selecting the Eco Mode or Shutoff Support Mode You cn sve the mchine power y setting the eco mode or the shutoff support mode. If you leve the mchine without using for specified period of time, the mchine enters in one of these modes. Eco Mode ; Mchine will enter sleep mode. Touch the screen or press the Strt/Stop utton to continue sewing. Shutoff Support Mode ; Mchine will enter lower power modes fter set period of time. Turn mchine off nd then ck on to restrt sewing. Condition Eco Mode Shutoff Support Mode Aville time OFF, (minute) OFF, 1-12 (hour) Strt/Stop utton Green flshing Green slow flshing Suspended function Mchine light, Screen disply, LED pointer All functions After recovering The mchine strts from the previous opertion. You need to turn off the mchine. Press the Strt/Stop utton or touch the screen disply to recover from these modes. Chnging the Pointer Shpe When USB Mouse Is Used In the settings screen, the shpe cn e selected for the pointer tht ppers when USB mouse is connected. Depending upon the ckground color, select the desired shpe from the three tht re ville. Press. The settings screen ppers. Press. The Generl settings screen ppers. c d For detils on chnging the ckground color, refer to Chnging the Bckground Colors of the Emroidery Ptterns on pge B-31. Disply pge 4 of the Generl settings screen. Use or to choose the pointer shpe from the three settings ville (, nd ). Press. The settings screen ppers. Press. The Generl settings screen ppers. c d Disply pge 5 of the Generl settings screen. Use or to select the time until entering the mode. e Press to return to the originl screen. The setting remins selected even if the mchine is turned off. Selecting the Initil Screen Disply The Initil screen tht ppers on the mchine cn e chnged. Press. The settings screen ppers. If you turn off the mchine while the mchine is in the Eco Mode or the Shutoff Support Mode, wit for out 5 seconds efore turning on the mchine gin. Press. The Generl settings screen ppers. c Disply pge 5 of the Generl settings screen. B-30

33 LCD SCREEN d Use or to select the setting for the initil screen disply. * Opening Screen: When the mchine is turned on, the home pge screen ppers fter the opening movie screen is touched. * Home Pge: When the mchine is turned on, the home pge screen ppers. * Sewing/Emroidery Screen: When the mchine is turned on, the Emroidery screen ppers if the emroidery unit is ttched to the mchine, or the sewing screen ppers if the emroidery unit is not ttched to the mchine. e Press to return to the originl screen. Choosing the Disply Lnguge Press. The settings screen ppers. Chnging the Bckground Colors of the Emroidery Ptterns In the settings screen, the ckground colors cn e chnged for the emroidery pttern nd pttern thumnils. Depending on the pttern color, select the desired ckground color from the 66 settings ville. Different ckground colors cn e selected for the emroidery pttern nd pttern thumnils. Press. The settings screen ppers. Press. The Emroidery settings screen ppers. c When using the Emroidery or Emroidery Edit, touch to directly ccess the Emroidery settings screen. Disply pge 9 of the Emroidery settings screen. d Press. B 1 Getting Redy Press. The Generl settings screen ppers. c Disply pge 5 of the Generl settings screen. d Use nd to choose the disply lnguge. Emroidery pttern ckground Pttern thumnils ckground Disply lnguge e Press to return to the originl screen. Bsic opertions B-31

34 LCD SCREEN e Select the ckground color from the 66 ville settings. Specifying the Size of Pttern Thumnils The thumnils for selecting n emroidery pttern cn e set to e displyed t the smller size or lrger size. The lrger size is 1.5 times the smller size. Emroidery pttern ckground Selected color Press. The settings screen ppers. Press. The Emroidery settings screen ppers. c Disply pge 9 of the Emroidery settings screen. Pttern thumnils ckground Selected color f Press to return to the originl screen. The setting remins selected even if the mchine is turned off. B-32

35 LCD SCREEN d Press or to select the desired thumnil size. Sving Settings Screen Imge to USB Medi An imge of the settings screen cn e sved s BMP file. A mximum of 100 imges cn e sved on single USB medi t one time. Insert the USB medi into the USB port on the right side of the mchine. B 1 Getting Redy When thumnil size setting hs een chnged the pttern selection screen will not immeditely reflect the chosen size. To view the ptterns with the new thumnil size, return to the ctegory selection screen, nd then select the pttern ctegory gin. USB port for mouse/medi (USB 2.0) USB medi Press. The settings screen ppers. Select the settings screen pge, mke the chnges tht you wnt, nd then sve the screen imge. c Press. The imge file will e sved to the USB medi. d Remove the USB medi, nd then for future reference, check the sved imge using computer. The files for Settings screen imges re sved with the nme S##.BMP. * ## in the nme S##.BMP will utomticlly e replced with numer etween S00 nd S99. If 100 imge files hve lredy een sved on the USB medi, the following messge ppers. In this cse, delete file from the USB medi or use different USB medi. Bsic opertions B-33

36 LCD SCREEN Using the Sewing Mchine Help Key Press to open the sewing mchine help screen. Three functions re ville from the screen shown elow. c Press this key to see explntion for upper threding, winding the oin, chnging the presser foot, prepring to emroider pttern, nd how to use the mchine (see pge B-35). Press this key to select utility stitches when you re not sure which stitch to use or how to sew the stitch (see pge B-36). c Press this key to see n explntion of the stitch selected (see pge B-37). B-34

37 LCD SCREEN Using the Opertion Guide Function Press to open the screen shown elow. Six ctegories re displyed t the top of the screen. Press key to see more informtion out tht ctegory. B 1 Getting Redy displys informtion out the min prts of the mchine nd their functions. This is the first screen displyed when you press. displys informtion out the opertion uttons. displys informtion out threding the mchine, chnging presser feet, etc. Some of the functions re descried in the movies. Wtch these movies for etter understnding of the functions. Certin individul threding screens re nimted. displys informtion out ttching the emroidery unit, prepring fric for emroidering, etc. informtion. displys trouleshooting displys informtion out clening the mchine, etc. Bsic opertions B-35

38 LCD SCREEN Exmple: Displying informtion out upper threding Using the Sewing Guide Function Press. Press. c Press. The lower hlf of the screen will chnge. d Press (upper threding). The sewing guide function cn e used to select ptterns from the Utility Stitch screen. Use this function when you re not sure which stitch to use for your ppliction, or to get dvice out sewing prticulr stitches. For exmple, if you wnt to sew overcsting, ut you do not know which stitch to use or how to sew the stitch, you cn use this screen to get dvice. We recommend tht eginners use this method to select stitches. Enter Utility Stitch ctegory from the home pge. Press. c Press. The dvice screen is displyed. d Press the key of the ctegory whose sewing instructions you wish to view. * Press to return to the originl screen. e The screen shows instructions for threding the mchine. Red the instructions. * To view video, press of the displyed instructions. Press under movie to go ck to the eginning. Press to puse. Press to restrt fter puse. Press to close out the movie. * Press to view the next pge. * Press to view the previous pge. f Press to return to the originl screen. B-36

39 LCD SCREEN e Red the explntions nd select the pproprite stitch. The screen displys directions for sewing the selected stitch. Follow the directions to sew the stitch. * Press to view the next pge. * Press to view the previous pge. Using the Pttern Explntion Function c Press. B 1 Getting Redy If you wnt to know more out the uses of stitch pttern, select the pttern nd press nd then stitch selection. to see n explntion of the With the pttern explntion function, descriptions cn e displyed for the ptterns ville on the Utility Stitch nd Chrcter/Decortive Stitch screens. Descriptions re displyed for ech pttern in the Utility Stitch screen. Description for the Chrcter/Decortive Stitch ctegory is lso displyed. The screen shows informtion. d Press to return to the originl screen. The settings remin displyed to llow you to fine tune the stitch. If the key ppers in gry, the pttern explntion function cnnot e used. Exmple: Displying informtion out Press. Press. Bsic opertions B-37

40 LOWER THREADING LOWER THREADING Winding the Boin Press in this order to disply video Using the Supplementl Spool Pin With this mchine, you cn wind the oin without unthreding the mchine. While using the min spool pin to sew, you cn conveniently wind the oin using the supplementl spool pin. exmple of oin winding on the LCD (see pge B-37). Follow the steps explined elow to complete the opertion. CAUTION The included oin ws designed specificlly for this sewing mchine. If oins from other models re used, the mchine will not operte correctly. Use only the included oin or oins of the sme type (prt code: SA156, (SFB: XA )). Supplementl spool pin Turn the min power to ON nd open the top cover. * Actul size This model Other models c 11.5 mm (pprox. 7/16 inch) Align the groove in the oin with the spring on the oin winder shft, nd set the oin on the shft. Groove in the oin Spring on the shft B-38

41 c Set the supplementl spool pin in the up position. LOWER THREADING When sewing with fine, cross-wound thred, use the smll spool cp, nd leve smll spce etween the cp nd the thred spool. B 1 d Supplementl spool pin Plce the spool of thred on the supplementl spool pin, so tht thred unrolls from the front. Push the spool cp onto the spool pin s fr s possile to secure the thred spool. Spool cp (smll) Thred spool (cross-wound thred) c Spce If spool of thred whose core is 12 mm (1/2 inch) in dimeter nd 75 mm (3 inches) high is inserted onto the spool pin, use the specil spool cp. Getting Redy Spool pin Spool cp c Thred spool CAUTION If the thred spool nd/or spool cp re set incorrectly, the thred my tngle on the spool pin nd cuse the needle to rek. Use the spool cp (lrge, medium, smll or mini insert) tht is closest in size to the thred spool. If spool cp smller thn the thred spool is used, the thred my ecome cught in the slit on the end of the spool nd cuse the needle to rek. e Spool cp (specil) 12 mm (1/2 inch) c 75 mm (3 inches) With your right hnd, hold the thred ner the thred spool. With your left hnd, hold the end of the thred, nd use oth hnds to pss the thred through the thred guide. Thred guide Bsic opertions B-39

42 LOWER THREADING f Pss the thred round the pre-tension disk mking sure tht the thred is under the pre-tension disk. h Pss the end of the thred through the guide slit in the oin winder set, nd pull the thred to the right to cut the thred with the cutter. g Pre-tension disk Mke sure tht the thred psses under the pre-tension disk. Pre-tension disk c Pull it in s fr s possile. Check to mke sure thred is securely set etween pre-tension disks. Wind the thred clockwise round the oin 5-6 Times. i Guide slit (with uilt-in cutter) Boin winder set CAUTION Be sure to follow the process descried. If the thred is not cut with the cutter, nd the oin is wound, when the thred runs low it my tngle round the oin nd cuse the needle to rek. Set the oin winding switch to the left, until it clicks into plce. Boin winding switch Sliding the oin winding switch to the left switches the mchine into oin winding mode. The oin winding window ppers. B-40

43 j Press. Boin winding strts utomticlly. The oin stops rotting when oin winding is completed. The oin winding switch will utomticlly return to its originl position. k LOWER THREADING Cut the thred with scissors nd remove the oin. B 1 chnges to while the oin is winding. Sty ner the mchine while winding the oin to mke sure the oin thred is eing wound correctly. If the oin thred is wound incorrectly, press immeditely to stop the oin winding. The sound of winding the oin with stiff thred, such s nylon thred for quilting, my e different from the one produced when winding norml thred; however, this is not sign of mlfunction. When removing the oin, do not pull on the oin winder set. Doing so could loosen or remove the oin winder set, nd could result in dmge to the mchine. CAUTION Setting the oin improperly my cuse the thred tension to loosen, reking the needle nd possily resulting in injury. Getting Redy You cn chnge the winding speed y pressing (to decrese) or (to increse) in the oin winding window. Using the Spool Pin You cn use the min spool pin to wind the oin efore sewing. You cnnot use this spool pin to wind the oin while sewing. Press to minimize the oin winding window. Then, you cn perform other opertions, such s selecting stitch or djusting the thred tension, while the oin is eing wound. Press (in top right of the LCD screen) to disply the oin winding window gin. Bsic opertions B-41

44 LOWER THREADING Turn the min power to ON nd open the top cover. Align the groove in the oin with the spring on the oin winder shft, nd set the oin on the shft. f Pss the thred through the thred guide. g Thred guide Pss the thred round the pre-tension disk mking sure tht the thred is under the pre-tension disk. c Groove in the oin Spring on the shft Pivot the spool pin so tht it ngles upwrd. Set the thred spool on the spool pin so tht the thred unwinds from the front of the spool. Thred guide Pre-tension disk d Spool pin Spool cp c Thred spool d Spool felt Push the spool cp onto the spool pin s fr s possile, then return the spool pin to its originl position. h Follow steps g through k on pge B-40 through B-41. Untngling Thred from Beneth the Boin Winder Set If the oin winding strts when the thred is not pssed through the pre-tension disk correctly, the thred my ecome tngled eneth the oin winder set. Wind off the thred ccording to the following procedure. e While holding the thred with oth hnds, pull the thred up from under the thred guide plte. Thred Boin winder set CAUTION Do not remove the oin winder set even if the thred ecomes tngled under the oin winder set. It my result in injuries. Thred guide plte B-42

45 LOWER THREADING If the thred ecomes tngled under the oin winder set, press once to stop the oin winding. Setting the Boin Press in this order to disply video B 1 Cut the thred with scissors ner the pre-tension disk. exmple of the opertion on the LCD (see pge B-37). Follow the steps explined elow to complete the opertion. CAUTION Use oin thred tht hs een correctly wound. Otherwise, the needle my rek or the thred tension will e incorrect. Getting Redy c Pre-tension disk Push the oin winder switch to the right, nd then rise the oin t lest 10 cm (4 inches) from the shft. The included oin ws designed specificlly for this sewing mchine. If oins from other models re used, the mchine will not operte correctly. Use only the included oin or oins of the sme type (prt code: SA156, (SFB: XA )). d Cut the thred ner the oin nd hold the thred end with your left hnd. Unwind the thred clockwise ner the oin winder set with your right hnd s shown elow. * Actul size This model Other models c 11.5 mm (pprox. 7/16 inch) Before inserting or chnging the oin, e sure to press in the LCD to lock ll keys nd uttons, otherwise injuries my occur if the Strt/Stop utton or ny other utton is pressed nd the mchine strts sewing. Press to lock ll keys nd uttons. e Wind the oin gin. Mke sure tht the thred psses through the pre-tension disk correctly (pge B-40). * If the messge OK to utomticlly lower the presser foot? ppers on the LCD screen, press OK to continue. The entire screen ecomes white, nd ll keys nd opertion uttons re locked. Bsic opertions B-43

46 LOWER THREADING Slide the oin cover ltch to the right. e While lightly holding down oin with your right hnd s shown, guide the thred through the slit ( nd ). * At this time, check tht the oin esily rottes counterclockwise. Then, pull the thred towrd you to cut it with the cutter (c). Boin cover Ltch The oin cover opens. Remove the oin cover. c d Insert the oin with your right hnd so tht the end of the thred is on the left, nd then, fter pulling the thred firmly round the t with your left hnd s shown, lightly pull the thred to guide it through the slit. Slit Cutter (Cut the thred with the cutter.) The cutter cuts the thred. Mke sure tht the thred is correctly pssed through the flt spring of the oin cse. If it is not inserted correctly, reinstll the thred. T * Be sure to insert the oin correctly. CAUTION Be sure to instll the oin so tht the thred unwinds in the correct direction, otherwise the thred my rek or the thred tension will e incorrect. The order tht the oin thred should e pssed through the oin cse is indicted y mrks round the oin cse. Be sure to thred the mchine s indicted. Flt spring 1 CAUTION Be sure to hold down the oin with your finger nd unwind the oin thred correctly. Otherwise, the thred my rek or the thred tension will e incorrect. B-44

47 LOWER THREADING f Insert the t in the lower-left corner of the oin cover (1), nd then lightly press down on the right side to close the cover (2). g Press uttons. to unlock ll keys nd c Press the Needle Position utton to rise the needle. d Press e to lock ll keys nd uttons. Gently pull the upper thred. A loop of the oin thred will come out of the hole in the needle plte. B 1 Getting Redy Pulling Up the Boin Thred There my e some sewing pplictions where you wnt to pull up the oin thred; for exmple, when mking gthers, drts, or doing free motion quilting or emroidery. You cn pull up the oin thred fter threding the upper thred ( UPPER THREADING on pge B-46). Guide the oin thred through the groove, following the rrow in the illustrtion. * Do not cut the thred with the cutter. * Do not replce the oin cover. f Pull up the oin thred, pss it under the presser foot nd pull it out 100 mm (pprox. 4 inches) towrd the ck of the mchine, mking it even with the upper thred. While holding the upper thred, press the Needle Position utton to lower the needle. Upper thred Boin thred Replce the oin cover. g h Press uttons. to unlock ll keys nd Needle Position utton Bsic opertions B-45

48 UPPER THREADING UPPER THREADING Upper Threding Turn the min power to ON. Press Press the Presser Foot Lifter utton to rise the presser foot. in this order to disply video exmple of the opertion on the LCD (see pge B-37). Follow the steps explined elow to complete the opertion. CAUTION Be sure to thred the mchine properly. Improper threding cn cuse the thred to tngle nd rek the needle, leding to injury. When using the wlking foot, the side cutter or ccessories not included with this mchine, ttch the ccessory to the mchine fter threding the mchine. The upper thred shutter opens so the mchine cn e threded. The utomtic threding function cn e used with sewing mchine needle sizes 75/11 through 100/16. Thred such s trnsprent nylon monofilment thred nd thred with thickness of 130/20 or thicker cnnot e used with the utomtic threding function. The utomtic threding function cnnot e used with the wing needle or the twin needle. Upper thred shutter This mchine is equipped with n upper thred shutter, llowing you to check tht the upper threding is performed correctly. c Press the Needle Position utton to rise the needle. If you try to thred the needle utomticlly without rising the needle, the thred my not thred correctly. B-46

49 d Pivot the spool pin so tht it ngles upwrd. Set the thred spool on the spool pin so tht the thred unwinds from the front of the spool. UPPER THREADING When sewing with fine, cross-wound thred, use the smll spool cp, nd leve smll spce etween the cp nd the thred spool. B 1 e Spool pin Spool cp c Thred spool d Spool felt Push the spool cp onto the spool pin s fr s possile, then return the spool pin to its originl position. Spool cp (smll) Thred spool (cross-wound thred) c Spce If spool of thred whose core is 12 mm (1/2 inch) in dimeter nd 75 mm (3 inches) high inserted onto the spool pin, use the specil spool cp. Getting Redy CAUTION If the thred spool nd/or spool cp re set incorrectly, the thred my tngle on the spool pin nd cuse the needle to rek. Use the spool cp (lrge, medium, or smll) tht is closest in size to the thred spool. If spool cp smller thn the thred spool is used, the thred my ecome cught in the slit on the end of the spool nd cuse the needle to rek. f Spool cp (specil) 12 mm (1/2 inch) c 75 mm (3 inches) While holding the thred with oth hnds, pull the thred up from under the thred guide plte. g Thred guide plte While holding the thred in your right hnd, pss the thred through the thred guide in the direction indicted. Bsic opertions B-47

50 UPPER THREADING h Guide the thred down, up, then down through the groove, s shown in the illustrtion. k Pss the thred through the thred guide disks (mrked 7 ). Mke sure tht the thred psses through the groove in the thred guide. Look in the upper groove re to check if the thred ctches on the tke-up lever visile inside the upper groove re. l Groove in thred guide Pull the thred up through the thred cutter to cut the thred, s shown in the illustrtion. i Look in the upper groove re Pss the thred through the needle r thred guide (mrked 6 ) y holding the thred with oth hnds nd guiding it s shown in the illustrtion. Thred cutter When using thred tht quickly winds off the spool, such s metllic thred, it my e difficult to thred the needle if the thred is cut. Therefore, insted of using the thred cutter, pull out out 80 mm (pprox. 3 inches) of thred fter pssing it through the thred guide disks (mrked 7 ). j Needle r thred guide Press the Presser Foot Lifter utton to lower presser foot. 80 mm (pprox. 3 inches) or more B-48

51 UPPER THREADING m Press the Automtic Threding utton to hve the mchine utomticlly thred the needle. The thred psses through the eye of the needle. When the Automtic Threding utton is pressed, the presser foot will e utomticlly lowered. After threding is finished, the presser foot moves ck to the position efore the Automtic Threding utton ws pressed. Some needles cnnot e threded with the needle threder. In this cse, insted of using the needle threder fter pssing the thred through the needle r thred guide (mrked 6 ), mnully pss the thred through the eye of the needle from the front to the ck. B 1 Getting Redy n o Crefully pull the end of the thred tht ws pssed through the eye of the needle. * If loop ws formed in the thred pssed through the eye of the needle, crefully pull on the loop of thred through to the ck of the needle. Pulling the loop of thred gently will void needle rekge. Pull out out 5 cm (pprox. 2 inches) of the thred, nd then pss it under the presser foot towrd the rer of the mchine. Rise the presser foot lever if the presser foot is lowered. Aout 5 cm (pprox. 2 inches) If the needle could not e threded or the thred ws not pssed through the needle r thred guides, perform the procedure gin strting from step c. Then, pss the thred through the eye of the needle fter step i. Using the Twin Needle Mode The twin needle cn only e used for ptterns tht show fter eing selected. Before you select stitch pttern, mke sure the stitch cn e sewn in the twin needle mode (refer to the STITCH SETTING CHART on pge S-67). CAUTION Twin needle (prt code X ) is recommended for this mchine. Contct your uthorized deler for replcement needles (size 2.0/11 is recommended). Be sure to set the twin needle mode when using the twin needle. Using the twin needle while the mchine is in single needle mode could cuse the needle to rek, resulting in dmge. Do not sew with ent needles. The needle could rek nd cuse injury. When using the twin needle, it is recommended to use presser foot J. When the twin needle is used, unched stitches my occur depending on the types of fric nd thred tht re used. Use monogrmming foot N for decortive stitches. Before chnging the needle or threding the mchine, e sure to press on the LCD screen to lock ll keys nd uttons, otherwise injuries my occur if the Strt/Stop utton or ny other utton is pressed nd the mchine strts sewing. Bsic opertions B-49

52 UPPER THREADING Press to lock ll keys nd uttons nd instll the twin needle ( CHANGING THE NEEDLE on pge B-55). e Plce the dditionl spool of thred on the supplementl spool pin, so tht the thred unwinds from the front. Push the spool cp onto the spool pin s fr s possile to secure the thred spool. Thred the mchine for the first needle ccording to the procedure for threding single needle ( Upper Threding on pge B-46). Spool pin Spool cp c Thred spool f Hold the thred from the spool with oth hnds, nd plce the thred in the thred guide. * Do not plce the thred in the pre-tension disks. c Pss the thred through the needle r thred guides on the needle r, then thred the needle on the left side mnully. Needle r thred guide The Automtic Threding utton cnnot e used. Mnully thred the twin needle from front to ck. Using the Automtic Threding utton my result in dmge to the mchine. g Thred guide While holding the thred from the spool, pull the thred through the lower notch in the thred guide plte, then through the upper notch. Hold the end of the thred with your left hnd, nd then guide the thred through the groove, following the rrows in the illustrtion. d Pull up the supplementl spool pin nd set it in the up position. B-50 Supplementl spool pin

53 UPPER THREADING h Continue threding however do not pss the thred in the needle r thred guide 6 on the needle r. Thred the needle on the right side. l Strt sewing. Smple of Twin Needle Sewing B 1 Needle r thred guide i Press uttons. to unlock ll keys nd Select stitch pttern. (Exmple: ) j * Refer to the STITCH SETTING CHART on pge S-67 for the proper stitch to use with presser foot J. The selected stitch is displyed. To chnge direction when sewing with the twin needle, rise the needle from the fric, rise the presser foot lever, nd then turn the fric. Using Threds tht Unwind Quickly Getting Redy k Press If the key is light gry fter selecting the stitch, the selected stitch cnnot e sewn in the twin needle mode. to select the twin needle mode. Using the Spool Net If using trnsprent nylon monofilment thred, metllic thred, or other strong thred, plce the included spool net over the spool efore using it. When using specilty threds, threding must e done mnully. If the spool net is too long, fold it once to mtch it to the spool size efore plcing it over the spool. Spool net Thred spool c Spool pin d Spool cp Single needle/twin needle setting ppers. When threding the spool with the spool net on, mke sure tht 5 cm - 6 cm (pprox. 2 inches - 2-1/2 inches) of thred re pulled out. It my e necessry to djust the thred tension when using the spool net. CAUTION Be sure to set the twin needle mode when using the twin needle. Using the twin needle while the mchine is in single needle mode could cuse the needle to rek, resulting in dmge. Bsic opertions B-51

54 UPPER THREADING Using the Verticl Spool Pin Use the verticl spool pin when using n irregulrly shped thred spool, nd when sewing or emroidering with metllic thred. Insert the verticl spool pin onto the oin winder shft. d c Boin winder shft Verticl spool pin c Spool felt d Thred spool Instll the spool felt nd the thred spool in tht order, nd then thred the upper thred. When setting the thred spool, set it so tht the thred winds off from the front of the spool. If using metllic thred, we recommend tht you use 90/14 home sewing mchine needle. This method keeps the thred from twisting s it comes off the spool pin. B-52

55 CHANGING THE PRESSER FOOT CHANGING THE PRESSER FOOT CAUTION Alwys press on the screen to lock ll keys nd uttons efore chnging the presser foot. If is not pressed nd the Strt/Stop utton or nother utton is pressed, the mchine will strt nd my cuse injury. Alwys use the correct presser foot for the selected stitch pttern. If the wrong presser foot is used, the needle my strike the presser foot nd end or rek, nd my cuse injury. Only use presser feet mde for this mchine. Using other presser feet my led to ccident or injury. B 1 Getting Redy Removing the Presser Foot Press the Needle Position utton to rise the needle. Press to lock ll keys nd uttons. * If the messge OK to utomticlly lower the presser foot? ppers on the LCD screen, press OK to continue. The entire screen ecomes white, nd ll keys nd opertion uttons re locked. Attching the Presser Foot CAUTION Mke sure tht the presser foot is instlled in the correct direction, otherwise the needle my strike the presser foot, reking the needle nd cusing injuries. Plce the new presser foot under the holder, ligning the foot pin with the notch in the holder. Lower the presser foot lever so tht the presser foot pin snps into the notch in the holder. c Rise the presser foot lever. Notch Pin Press to unlock ll keys nd uttons. Rise the presser foot lever. c d Press the lck utton on the presser foot holder nd remove the presser foot. Attching the Presser Foot with the Included Adpter You cn ttch the optionl presser feet using the included dpter nd smll screw. For exmple, the wlking foot, the free motion echo quilting foot E, the free motion quilting foot nd so on. Following procedure shows how to ttch the wlking foot s n exmple. Blck utton Presser foot holder Bsic opertions B-53

56 CHANGING THE PRESSER FOOT Attching the Wlking foot The wlking foot holds the fric etween the presser foot nd the feed dogs to feed the fric. This enles you to hve etter fric control when sewing difficult frics (such s quilted frics or velvet) or frics tht slip esily (such s vinyl, lether, or synthetic lether). e Turn supplied smll screw 2 or 3 times with your hnd. Follow the steps in Removing the Presser Foot in the previous pge. Loosen the screw of the presser foot holder to remove the presser foot holder. f Set the opertion lever of the wlking foot so tht the needle clmp screw is set etween the forks. Position the shnk of the wlking foot on the dpter ttched to the presser foot r. c Disc-shped screwdriver Presser foot holder c Presser foot holder screw Remove the screw of the presser foot completely from the presser foot shft. g Opertion lever Needle clmp screw c Fork d Wlking foot shnk e Adpter Lower the presser foot lever. Tighten the smll screw securely with lrge screwdriver. d Set the dpter on the presser foot r, ligning the flt side of the dpter opening with the flt side of the presser r. Push it up s fr s possile, nd then tighten the screw securely with the screwdriver. B-54

57 CHANGING THE NEEDLE CHANGING THE NEEDLE CAUTION Alwys press on the screen to lock ll keys nd uttons efore chnging the needle. If is not pressed nd the Strt/Stop utton or nother opertion utton is pressed ccidentlly, the mchine will strt nd injury my result. Use only sewing mchine needles mde for home use. Other needles my end or rek nd my cuse injury. Never sew with ent needle. A ent needle will esily rek nd my cuse injury. To check the needle correctly, plce the flt side of the needle on flt surfce. Check the needle from the top nd the sides. Throw wy ny ent needles. c Use the screwdriver to turn the screw towrd the front of the mchine nd loosen the screw. Remove the needle. Do not pply pressure to the needle clmp screw. Doing so my dmge the needle or mchine. B 1 Getting Redy Prllel spce Level surfce (oin cover, glss, etc.) Press the Needle Position utton to rise the needle. d With the flt side of the needle fcing the ck, insert the new needle ll the wy to the top of the needle stopper (viewing window) in the needle clmp. Use screwdriver to securely tighten the needle clmp screw. Press to lock ll keys nd uttons. * If the messge OK to utomticlly lower the presser foot? ppers on the LCD screen, press OK to continue. The entire screen ecomes white, nd ll keys nd opertion uttons re locked. Before replcing the needle, cover the hole in the needle plte with fric or pper to prevent the needle from flling into the mchine. Needle stopper Hole for setting the needle c Flt side of needle CAUTION Be sure to push in the needle until it touches the stopper, nd securely tighten the needle clmp screw with screwdriver. If the needle is not completely inserted or the needle clmp screw is loose, the needle my rek or the mchine my e dmged. e Press uttons. to unlock ll keys nd Bsic opertions B-55

58 ABOUT THE NEEDLE AND FABRIC ABOUT THE NEEDLE AND FABRIC Aout the Needle The sewing mchine needle is proly the most importnt prt of the sewing mchine. Choosing the proper needle for your sewing project will result in eutiful finish nd fewer prolems. Below re some things to keep in mind out needles. The smller the needle numer, the finer the needle. As the numers increse, the needles get thicker. Use fine needles with lightweight frics, nd thicker needles with hevyweight frics. To void skipped stitches, use ll point needle (golden colored) 90/14 with stretch frics. To void skipped stitches, use ll point needle (golden colored) 90/14 when sewing chrcter or decortive stitches. Use needle 75/11 for emroidery. Use ll point needle 75/11 for emroidering ptterns with short jump stitches such s lphet chrcters when the thred trimming function is turned on. It is recommended tht 90/14 needle should e used when emroidering on hevyweight frics or stilizing products (for exmple, denim, puffy fom, etc.). A 75/11 needle my end or rek, which could result in injury. Never use thred of weight 20 or lower. It my cuse mlfunctions. B-56

59 ABOUT THE NEEDLE AND FABRIC Fric/Thred/Needle Comintions The following tle provides informtion concerning the pproprite thred nd needle for vrious frics. Plese refer to this tle when selecting thred nd needle for the fric you wish to use. Fric type/appliction Thred Size of needle B 1 Type Size Medium weight frics Brodcloth Cotton thred /11-90/14 Tffet Synthetic thred Flnnel, Grdine Silk thred 50 Thin frics Lwn Cotton thred /9-75/11 Georgette Synthetic thred Chllis, Stin Silk thred 50 Thick frics Denim Cotton thred 30 90/14-100/16 50 Corduroy Synthetic thred Tweed Silk thred Stretch frics Jersey Thred for knits Bll point needle Tricot (gold colored) 75/11-90/14 Esily fryed frics Cotton thred /9-90/14 Synthetic thred Silk thred 50 For top-stitching Synthetic thred /16 Silk thred /14-100/16 Getting Redy For trnsprent monofilment nylon thred, lwys use needle sizes 90/14 or 100/16. The sme thred is usully used for the oin thred nd upper thred. CAUTION Be sure to follow the needle, thred, nd fric comintions listed in the tle. Using n improper comintion, especilly hevyweight fric (i.e., denim) with smll needle (i.e., 65/9-75/11), my cuse the needle to end or rek, nd led to injury. Also, the sem my e uneven, the fric my pucker, or the mchine my skip stitches. Bsic opertions B-57

60 BEFORE EMBROIDERING BEFORE EMBROIDERING Emroidery Step y Step Follow the steps elow to prepre the mchine for emroidery. Step 9 Step 3 Step 6, 8 Step 1, 2 Step 7 Step 5 Step 4 Step # Aim Action Pge 1 Presser foot ttchment Attch emroidery foot W or W+. B-59 2 Checking the needle Use needle 75/11 for emroidery. * B-56 3 Emroidery unit ttchment Attch the emroidery unit. B-62 4 Boin thred setup For the oin thred, wind emroidery oin thred nd set it in plce. B-38 5 Fric preprtion Attch stilizer mteril to the fric, nd hoop it in the emroidery frme. E-11 to E-16 6 Pttern selection Turn the min power to ON, nd select n emroidery pttern. E-3 7 Emroidery frme ttchment Attch the emroidery frme to the emroidery unit. E-17 8 Checking the lyout Check nd djust the size nd position of the emroidery. E-19 9 Emroidery thred setup Set up emroidery thred ccording to the pttern. E-21 * It is recommended tht 90/14 needle should e used when emroidering on hevy weight frics or stilizing products (for exmple; denim, puffy fom, etc.). Bll point needle (golden colored) 90/14 is not recommended for emroidery. B-58

61 BEFORE EMBROIDERING Attching the Emroidery Foot W CAUTION When ttching presser foot, lwys press on the screen to lock ll keys nd uttons. You my ccidentlly press the Strt/Stop utton nd possily cuse injury. Be sure to use emroidery foot when doing emroidery. Using nother presser foot my cuse the needle to strike the presser foot, cusing the needle to end or rek nd possily cuse injury. Press the Needle Position utton to rise the needle. d e Push the lck utton on the presser foot holder nd remove the presser foot. Blck utton Presser foot holder Remove the presser foot from the presser foot holder. Use the included screwdriver to loosen the screw of the presser foot holder, then remove the presser foot holder. B 1 Getting Redy Press to lock ll keys nd uttons. The entire screen ecomes white, nd ll keys nd opertion uttons re locked. CAUTION When ttching presser foot, lwys press on the screen to lock ll keys nd uttons. You my ccidentlly press the Strt/Stop utton nd possily cuse injury. f Screwdriver Presser foot holder c Presser foot holder screw Remove the presser foot holder. Position the emroidery foot W on the presser foot r y ligning the notch of the presser foot to the lrge screw. Side view c Rise the presser foot lever. Bsic opertions B-59

62 BEFORE EMBROIDERING g Hold the emroidery foot in plce with your right hnd, nd then use the included screwdriver to securely tighten the presser foot holder screw. Position the emroidery foot W+ with LED pointer on the presser foot r y ligning the notch of the presser foot to the lrge screw. Side view CAUTION Use the included screwdriver to firmly tighten the screw of the emroidery foot. If the screw is loose, the needle my strike the presser foot nd possily cuse injury. c Hold the emroidery foot in plce with your right hnd, nd then use the included screwdriver to securely tighten the presser foot holder screw. h Press uttons. to unlock ll keys nd All keys nd opertion uttons re unlocked, nd the previous screen is displyed. Using the Optionl Emroidery Foot W+ with LED Pointer By plugging in the connector on the ck of your mchine, the emroidering needle drop point will e indicted on the fric, llowing you to ccurtely position the pttern. Attching the Emroidery Foot W+ with LED Pointer CAUTION When ttching presser foot, lwys press on the screen to lock ll keys nd uttons. You my ccidentlly press the Strt/Stop utton nd possily cuse injury. Be sure to use emroidery foot when doing emroidery. Using nother presser foot my cuse the needle to strike the presser foot, cusing the needle to end or rek nd possily cuse injury. Follow the steps from to e of Attching the Emroidery Foot W on pge B-59. d CAUTION Use the included screwdriver to firmly tighten the screw of the emroidery foot. If the screw is loose, the needle my strike the presser foot nd possily cuse injury. Plug the connector of the emroidery foot W+ with LED pointer into the jck on the ck of your mchine. e Press uttons. to unlock ll keys nd All keys nd opertion uttons re unlocked, nd the previous screen is displyed. B-60

63 BEFORE EMBROIDERING Checking the Needle Drop Point With the Emroidery Foot W+ with LED Pointer Before eginning to emroider when using the emroidery foot W+ with LED pointer, crefully red the procedures descried in the Emroidery nd Emroidery Edit chpters. After the emroidery frme is ttched, press in the emroidery screen. The LED pointer indictes the needle drop point. Adjusting the LED Pointer Adjust the LED pointer if it indictes point different thn the ctul needle drop point. Before djusting the LED pointer, mrk the ctul needle drop point on the fric to e emroidered, nd then hoop the fric nd ttch the emroidery frme. As defult, some keys mentioned in the following procedures pper in light gry nd re not ville. To enle the keys for specifying the settings, ttch emroidery foot W+ with LED pointer to the mchine. The keys re enled fter the emroidery foot is detected. B 1 Getting Redy When the LED pointer is turned on, the presser foot height is utomticlly djusted ccording to the fric thickness. If is pressed gin, the fric thickness is remesured nd the presser foot is set to the optimum height. * The LED pointer turns off utomticlly y lowering the presser foot or returning to the previous pge. With thick elstic fric, the position will e misligned only t rised prts in the fric. In this cse, mnully djust the position ccording to the thickness of the fric. With fric tht hs very uneven surfce such s quilting, the position is not correctly ligned. In this cse, the pointer indiction should e used only s reference. Press. The settings screen ppers. Press. The Emroidery settings screen ppers. c When using the Emroidery or Emroidery Edit, touch to directly ccess the Emroidery settings screen. Disply pge 10 of the Emroidery settings screen. Bsic opertions B-61

64 BEFORE EMBROIDERING d Press. The Emroidery Foot W+ with LED Pointer Adjustment screen ppers. e LED pointer djustment Use or to djust the LED pointer so tht it indictes the ctul needle drop point. f Press screen. twice to return to the originl Adjusting the Brightness of the LED Pointer The specified setting is sved in the mchine s memory. This is useful for positioning during continuous emroidering. For norml use, return the setting to 00. Follow the steps from to d to disply the emroidery foot with LED pointer djust screen. Use or to djust the rightness of the LED pointer. Attching the Emroidery Unit Aout the Emroidery Unit CAUTION Do not move the mchine with the emroidery unit ttched. The emroidery unit could fll off nd cuse injury. Keep your hnds nd foreign ojects wy from the emroidery crrige nd frme when the mchine is emroidering. Otherwise, injury my result. To void distorting your emroidery design, do not touch the emroidery crrige nd frme when the mchine is emroidering. You cn lso sew utility/decortive stitches with the emroidery unit ttched. Touch nd. The feed dog will utomticlly rise for utility nd decortive stitching. Be sure to turn off the power efore instlling the emroidery unit. Otherwise, the mchine my e dmged. Do not touch the inner connector of the emroidery unit. The pins on the emroidery unit connection my e dmged. Do not pply strong force to the emroidery unit crrige or pick up the unit y the crrige. Otherwise, the emroidery unit my e dmged. Store the emroidery unit in the proper storge cse. Turn the min power to OFF, nd remove the flt ed ttchment. c Press screen. twice to return to the originl B-62

65 Insert the emroidery unit connection into the mchine connection port. The spring hinge on the connection port cover will llow esy ccess to the port. Push lightly on the connection port cover until the unit clicks into plce. BEFORE EMBROIDERING Removing the Emroidery Unit Press either or, then press. The crrige will move to the removl position. B 1 Emroidery unit connection Mchine connection port Be sure there is no gp etween the emroidery unit nd the sewing mchine. If there is gp, the emroidery ptterns will not emroider with the correct registrtion. Do not push on the crrige when instlling the emroidery unit onto the mchine. Moving the crrige my dmge the emroidery unit. CAUTION Alwys remove the emroidery frme efore pressing. Otherwise, the frme my strike the emroidery foot, nd possily cuse injury. The emroidery unit will not fit in the storge cse if this step is not done. Turn the min power to OFF. Be sure to turn off the mchine efore removing the emroidery unit, otherwise dmge to the mchine my result. Getting Redy Turn the min power to ON. c The following messge will pper. d Press. The crrige will move to the initiliztion position. Either Emroidery screen or Emroidery Edit screen ppers, depending on the setting selected in the settings screen. Bsic opertions B-63

66 BEFORE EMBROIDERING c Hold down the relese utton, nd pull the emroidery unit wy from the mchine. Relese utton CAUTION Do not crry the emroidery unit y holding the relese utton comprtment. B-64

67 USING FUNCTIONS BY CONNECTING THE ACCESSORY TO THE MACHINE USING FUNCTIONS BY CONNECTING THE ACCESSORY TO THE MACHINE Using USB Medi or Emroidery Crd Reder/USB Crd Writer Module* * If you hve purchsed the PE-DESIGN Ver5 or lter, PE-DESIGN NEXT, PE-DESIGN Lite, PED-BASIC or PE-DESIGN PLUS, you cn plug the included USB crd writer module into the mchine s n emroidery crd reder, nd recll ptterns. USB medi is widely used, however some USB medi my not e usle with this mchine. Plese visit our wesite for more detils. Depending on the type of USB medi eing used, either directly plug the USB device into the mchine s USB port or plug the USB medi Reder/Writer into the mchine s USB port. B 1 Getting Redy Connecting the Mchine to the Computer Using the included USB cle, the sewing mchine cn e connected to your computer. USB port for mouse/medi (USB 2.0) USB medi USB port for computer USB cle connector USB port for mouse/medi (USB 2.0) Emroidery crd Reder/USB crd writer module* Use only n emroidery crd reder designed for this mchine. Using n unuthorized emroidery crd reder my cuse your mchine to operte incorrectly. Emroidery ptterns cnnot e sved from the mchine to n emroidery crd inserted into connected USB crd writer module. The connectors on the USB cle cn only e inserted into port in one direction. If it is difficult to insert the connector, do not insert it with force. Check the orienttion of the connector. For detils on the position of the USB port on the computer (or USB hu), refer to the instruction mnul for the corresponding equipment. Bsic opertions B-65

68 USING FUNCTIONS BY CONNECTING THE ACCESSORY TO THE MACHINE Using USB Mouse The USB mouse, connected to the sewing mchine, cn e used to perform vriety of opertions in the screens. If mouse other thn the optionl USB mouse is used, it my not perform s descried in this Opertion Mnul. Clicking Key When the mouse is connected, the pointer ppers on the screen. Move the mouse to position the pointer over the desired key, nd then click the left mouse utton. Doule-clicking hs no effect. Pointer Chnging Pges Rotte the mouse wheel to switch through the ts of the pttern selection screens. USB port for mouse/medi (USB 2.0) USB mouse Do not perform opertions with the mouse t the sme time tht you re touching the screen with your finger or the included touch pen. A USB mouse cn e connected or disconnected t ny time. Only the left mouse utton nd its wheel cn e used to perform opertions. No other uttons cn e used. The mouse pointer does not pper in the opening screen. If pge numers nd verticl scroll r for dditionl pges re displyed, rotte the mouse wheel or click the left mouse utton with the pointer on / or / to disply the previous or next pge. B-66

69 USING FUNCTIONS BY CONNECTING THE ACCESSORY TO THE MACHINE Using the Optionl Dul Feed Foot Dul feed foot enles you to hve est fric control when sewing difficult frics tht slip esily, such s quilted frics or frics tht tend to stick to the ottom of presser foot, such s vinyl, lether or synthetic lether. When sewing with the dul feed foot, sew t medium to low speeds. d CAUTION Use the included screwdriver to firmly tighten the screw. If the screw is loose, the needle my strike the presser foot nd possily cuse injury. Plug the connector of the dul feed foot into the jck on the ck of your mchine. B 1 Getting Redy Attching the Dul Feed Foot When selecting stitches to e used with the dul feed foot, only the stitches tht cn e used will e ctivted on the disply. When sewing fric tht esily sticks together, more ttrctive finish cn e chieved y sting the eginning of sewing. Follow the steps from to e of Attching the Emroidery Foot W on pge B-59. Position the dul feed foot to the presser foot r y ligning the notch of the dul feed foot to the lrge screw. Side view e Press uttons. to unlock ll keys nd All keys nd opertion uttons re unlocked, nd the previous screen is displyed. Attching/detching toe Attch the toe y ligning the pins with the notches nd snp it into plce. c Hold the dul feed foot in plce with your right hnd, then using the included screwdriver securely tighten the lrge screw. Pins Notches Bsic opertions B-67

70 USING FUNCTIONS BY CONNECTING THE ACCESSORY TO THE MACHINE If you push down on the front prt of the dul feed foot, the toe of the dul feed foot will snp off. Using the Dul Feed Position Lever When the feed position lever is up, the lck roller elt on the dul feed is not engged. Adjusting the Amount of Fric Feeding of the Dul Feed Foot The dul feed mechnism pulls the top fric ccording to the set stitch length. With troulesome frics, fine tune the set length, y chnging the dul feed feed djustment in the settings screen. As defult, some keys mentioned in the following procedures pper in light gry nd re not ville. To enle the keys for specifying the settings, ttch the dul feed foot to the mchine. The keys re enled fter the dul feed foot is detected. Press. The settings screen ppers. Press. The Sewing settings screen ppers. c Disply pge 1 of the Sewing settings screen. When the feed position lever is down, the lck roller elt on the dul feed is engged. d Use or to increse or decrese the feeding of the top fric. * Select 00 for sewing in most cses. * If the feed mount for the top fric is too little, cusing the fric to e longer thn the ottom fric, press to increse the feed mount for the top fric. * If the feed mount for the top fric is too much, cusing the fric to e shorter thn the ottom fric, press to decrese the feed mount for the top fric. Do not operte the lever while sewing. e Press to return to the originl screen. B-68

71 Sewing This section descries procedures for using the vrious utility stitches s well s other functions. It provides detils on sic sewing in ddition to the more expressive fetures of the mchine, from sewing tuulr pieces nd uttonholes to sewing the chrcter nd decortive stitch ptterns. Pge numer strts with S in this section. The screen disply nd mchine illustrtion my vry slightly, depending on the countries or regions. Chpter1 Sewing Bsics... S-2 Chpter2 Utility Stitches... S-20 Chpter3 Chrcter/Decortive Stitches... S-76 Chpter4 MY CUSTOM STITCH... S-102

72 S Sewing Chpter 1 Sewing Bsics SEWING...3 Sewing Stitch...3 Using the Foot Controller... 4 Sewing Reinforcement Stitches...5 Automtic Reinforcement Stitching...5 Sewing Curves...7 Chnging Sewing Direction...7 Sewing Sem Allownce of 0.5 cm or Less... 7 Sewing Hevyweight Frics...7 If the Fric does not Fit under the Presser Foot... 8 If the Fric does not Feed... 8 Sewing Hook-nd-Loop Fstener...8 Sewing Lightweight Frics...9 Sewing Stretch Frics...9 STITCH SETTINGS...10 Setting the Stitch Width...10 Setting the Stitch Length...10 Setting the L/R SHIFT...11 Setting the Thred Tension...12 Proper Thred Tension Upper Thred is Too Tight Upper Thred is Too Loose USEFUL FUNCTIONS...14 Automtic Thred Cutting...14 Using the Knee Lifter...15 Pivoting...15 Automtic Fric Sensor System (Automtic Presser Foot Pressure)...17 Needle Position Stitch Plcement...18 Locking the Screen...18

73 SEWING SEWING CAUTION To void injury, py specil ttention to the needle while the mchine is in opertion. Keep your hnds wy from moving prts while the mchine is in opertion. Do not stretch or pull the fric during sewing. Doing so my led to injury. Do not use ent or roken needles. Doing so my led to injury. Do not ttempt to sew over sting pins or other ojects during sewing. Otherwise, the needle my rek nd cuse injury. If stitches ecome unched, lengthen the stitch length setting efore continuing sewing. Otherwise, the needle my rek nd cuse injury. S 1 Sewing Bsics Sewing Stitch Turn the min power to ON nd disply the utility stitches, nd push the Needle Position utton to rise the needle. d Set the fric under the presser foot. Hold the fric nd thred in your left hnd, nd rotte the hndwheel to set the needle in the sewing strt position. Press the key of the stitch you wnt to sew. The lck utton on the left side of presser foot J should e pressed only if the fric does not feed or when sewing thick sems (see pge S-8). Normlly, you cn sew without pressing the lck utton. c The symol of the correct presser foot will e displyed in the upper left corner of the LCD screen. Instll the presser foot ( CHANGING THE PRESSER FOOT of Bsic opertions ). CAUTION Alwys use the correct presser foot. If the wrong presser foot is used, the needle my strike the presser foot nd end or rek, possily resulting in injury. Refer to pge S-67 for presser foot recommendtions. Lower the presser foot. e * You do not hve to pull up the oin thred. f Adjust the sewing speed with the speed control slide. * You cn use this slide to djust sewing speed during sewing. Slow Fst Sewing S-3

74 SEWING g Press the Strt/Stop utton to strt sewing. * Guide the fric lightly y hnd. When cutting thred thicker thn #30, nylon monofilment thred, or other decortive threds, use the thred cutter on the side of the mchine. h i When the foot controller is eing used, you cnnot strt sewing y pressing the Strt/Stop utton. Press the Strt/Stop utton gin to stop sewing. Press the Thred Cutter utton to trim the upper nd lower threds. j When the needle hs stopped moving, rise the presser foot nd remove the fric. This mchine is equipped with oin thred sensor tht wrns you when the oin thred is lmost empty. When the oin thred is nerly empty, the mchine utomticlly stops. However, if the Strt/Stop utton is pressed, few stitches cn e sewn. When the wrning displys, re-thred the mchine immeditely. Using the Foot Controller You cn lso use the foot controller to strt nd stop sewing. CAUTION Do not llow fric pieces nd dust to collect in the foot controller. Doing so could cuse fire or n electric shock. The needle will return to the up position utomticlly. CAUTION Do not press the Thred Cutter utton fter the threds hve een cut. Doing so could tngle the thred or rek the needle nd dmge the mchine. Do not press the Thred Cutter utton when there is no fric set in the mchine or during mchine opertion. The thred my tngle, possily resulting in dmge. When the foot controller is eing used, you cnnot strt sewing y pressing the Strt/Stop utton. (For emroidery nd sewing mchine only) The foot controller cnnot e used when emroidering. The foot controller cn e used for sewing utility nd decortive stitches when the emroidery unit is ttched. S-4

75 Insert the foot controller plug into its jck on the mchine. SEWING If the utomtic reinforcement stitch is selected on the screen, reverse stitches (or reinforcement stitches) will e sewn utomticlly t the eginning of sewing when the Strt/Stop utton is pressed. Press the Reverse Stitch utton or Reinforcement Stitch utton to sew reverse stitches or reinforcement stitches utomticlly t the end of sewing. S 1 Foot controller Foot controller jck Sewing Bsics Slowly depress the foot controller to strt sewing. Reverse stitch Reinforcement stitch c The speed tht is set using the sewing speed controller is the foot controller s mximum sewing speed. Relese the foot controller to stop the mchine. Sewing Reinforcement Stitches Reverse/reinforcement stitches re generlly necessry t the eginning nd end of sewing. You cn use the Reverse Stitch utton to sew reverse/reinforcement stitches. When you keep pressing the Reinforcement Stitch utton, the mchine will sew reinforcement stitch t tht point 3 to 5 stitches, nd then stop. The opertion performed when the utton is pressed differs depending on the selected pttern. (Refer to the tle in Automtic Reinforcement Stitching on pge S-5.) When you press the Reinforcement Stitch utton while sewing chrcter/decortive stitch pttern, you cn end sewing with full stitch insted of t mid-point. The green light on the right of the Reinforcement Stitch utton lights up while the mchine is sewing full motif, nd it utomticlly turns off when the sewing is stopped. Automtic Reinforcement Stitching After selecting stitch pttern, turn on the utomtic reinforcement stitching function efore sewing, nd the mchine will utomticlly sew reinforcement stitches (or reverse stitches, depending on the stitch pttern) t the eginning nd end of sewing. Reverse Stitch utton Reinforcement Stitch utton Select stitch pttern. Sewing S-5

76 SEWING Press to set the utomtic reinforcement stitching function. d Press the Reverse Stitch utton or Reinforcement Stitch utton. Reverse stitches (or reinforcement stitches) The mchine will sew reverse stitches (or reinforcement stitches) nd stop. To turn off the utomtic reinforcement stitching function, press gin, so it c The key will disply s. Some stitches, such s uttonholes nd r tcks, require reinforcement stitches t the eginning of sewing. If you select one of these stitches, the mchine will utomticlly turn on this function (the key ppers s when the stitch is selected). Set the fric in the strt position nd strt sewing. Reverse stitches (or reinforcement stitches) The mchine will utomticlly sew reverse stitches (or reinforcement stitches) nd then continue sewing. If you press the Strt/Stop utton to puse sewing, press it gin to continue. The mchine will not sew reverse/reinforcement stitches gin. The opertion performed when the utton is pressed differs depending on the selected pttern. Refer to the following tle for detils on the opertion tht is performed when the utton is pressed ppers s. Reverse Stitch utton Mchine strts sewing the stitches nd only sews reverse stitches while holding the Reverse Stitch utton. Mchine strts sewing the stitches nd only sews reverse stitches while holding the Reverse Stitch utton. Mchine sews reverse stitches t the eginning nd end of sewing. Mchine sews reinforcement stitches t the eginning nd reverse stitches t the end of sewing. Reinforcement Stitch utton Mchine strts sewing the stitches nd sews 3-5 reinforcement stitches while holding the Reinforcement Stitch utton. Mchine strts sewing the stitches nd sews 3-5 reinforcement stitches while holding the Reinforcement Stitch utton. Mchine sews reverse stitches t the eginning nd reinforcement stitches t the end of sewing. Mchine sews reinforcement stitches t the eginning nd end of sewing. S-6

77 SEWING + + Sewing Curves Reverse Stitch utton Mchine strts sewing nd then sews reinforcement stitches while holding the Reverse Stitch utton. Mchine sews reinforcement stitches t the eginning nd sews reinforcement stitches when the Reverse Stitch utton is touched. Reinforcement Stitch utton Mchine strts sewing t the eginning, then completes the pttern nd sews reinforcement stitches t the end of sewing. Mchine sews reinforcement stitches t the eginning, then completes the pttern nd sews reinforcement stitches t the end of sewing. Sew slowly while keeping the sem prllel with the fric edge s you guide the fric round the curve. Sewing Sem Allownce of 0.5 cm or Less Bste the corner efore sewing, nd then, fter chnging the sewing direction t the corner, pull the sting thred towrd the ck while sewing. 5 mm (pprox. 3/16 inch) Sewing Hevyweight Frics The sewing mchine cn sew frics up to 6 mm (pprox. 1/4 inch) thick. If the thickness of sem cuses sewing to occur t n ngle, help guide the fric y hnd nd sew on the downwrd slope. S 1 Sewing Bsics Chnging Sewing Direction Stop the mchine. Leve the needle in the fric, nd press the Presser Foot Lifter utton to rise the presser foot. Using the needle s pivot, turn the fric so tht you cn sew in the new direction. Press the Presser Foot Lifter utton to lower the presser foot nd strt sewing. CAUTION Do not forcefully push frics more thn 6 mm (pprox. 1/4 inch) thick through the sewing mchine. This my cuse the needle to rek nd cuse injury. Thicker frics require lrger needle ( CHANGING THE NEEDLE of Bsic opertions ). The pivot setting is useful when chnging the sewing direction. When the mchine is stopped t the corner of the fric, the mchine stops with the needle in the fric nd the presser foot is utomticlly rised so the fric cn esily e rotted ( Pivoting on pge S-15). Sewing S-7

78 SEWING If the Fric does not Fit under the Presser Foot If the presser foot is in the up position, nd you re sewing hevyweight or multiple lyers of fric which do not fit esily under the presser foot, use the presser foot lever to rise the presser foot to its highest position. The fric will now fit under the presser foot. If the Fric does not Feed You cnnot use the presser foot lever fter the presser foot hs een rised using the Presser Foot Lifter utton. If the fric does not feed when strting to sew or when sewing thick sems, press the lck utton on the left side of presser foot J. Rise the presser foot. While keeping the lck utton on the left side of presser foot J pressed in, press the Presser Foot Lifter utton to lower the presser foot. Relese the lck utton. c The presser foot remins level, enling the fric to e fed. Once the troule spot hs een pssed, the foot will return to its norml position. When Automtic Fric Sensor System (Automtic Presser Foot Pressure) in the mchine settings screen is set to ON, the thickness of the fric is utomticlly detected y the internl sensor so the fric cn e fed smoothly for est sewing results. (see pge S-17 for detils.) Sewing Hook-nd-Loop Fstener CAUTION Do not use dhesive cked hook-nd-loop fstener designed for sewing. If the dhesive sticks to the needle or the oin hook rce, it my cuse mlfunction. If the hook-nd-loop fstener is sewn with fine needle (65/9-75/11), the needle my end or rek. Before strting to sew, ste the fric nd hook-nd-loop fstener together. Mke sure tht the needle psses through the hook-nd-loop fstener y rotting the hndwheel nd lower the needle into the hook-nd-loop fstener efore sewing. Sew the edge of the hook-nd-loop fstener t slow speed. If the needle does not pss through the hook-nd-loop fstener, replce the needle with the needle for thick frics ( Fric/Thred/Needle Comintions of Bsic opertions ). Edge of the hook-nd-loop fstener S-8

79 SEWING Sewing Lightweight Frics Plce thin pper or ter wy emroidery stilizer under thin frics to mke sewing esier. Gently ter off the pper or the stilizer fter sewing. S 1 Sewing Bsics Thin pper Sewing Stretch Frics First, ste together the pieces of fric, nd then sew without stretching the fric. In ddition, etter result cn e chieved y using thred for knits or stretch stitch. For est results when sewing stretch frics, decrese the pressure of the presser foot ( Using the Mchine Setting Mode Key of Bsic opertions ). Bsting stitching Sewing S-9

80 STITCH SETTINGS STITCH SETTINGS When you select stitch, your mchine utomticlly selects the pproprite stitch width, stitch length, L/R SHIFT, nd upper thred tension. However, if needed, you cn chnge ny of the individul settings. Settings for some stitches cnnot e chnged (refer to the STITCH SETTING CHART on pge S-67). If you turn off the mchine or select nother stitch without sving stitch setting chnges ( Sving Your Stitch Settings on pge S-22), the stitch settings will return to their defult settings. Setting the Stitch Width Press to widen the zigzg stitch pttern width. Follow the steps elow when you wnt to chnge the zigzg stitch pttern width. Exmple: Press width. For n lternte method of chnging the stitch width using the speed controller, see pge S-39. to nrrow the zigzg stitch pttern The vlue in the disply gets igger. Press fter pressing to return to the originl setting. After djusting the stitch width, slowly rotte the hndwheel towrd you (counterclockwise) nd check tht the needle does not touch the presser foot. If the needle hits the presser foot, the needle my end or rek. Setting the Stitch Length The vlue in the disply gets smller. Follow the steps elow when you wnt to chnge the stitch pttern length. S-10

81 Exmple: Press to shorten the stitch length. Setting the L/R SHIFT STITCH SETTINGS Follow the steps elow when you wnt to chnge the plcement of the zigzg stitch pttern y moving it left nd right. S 1 Exmple: Press to shift the pttern to the left. Sewing Bsics Press The vlue in the disply gets smller. to lengthen the stitch length. The vlue in the disply gets igger. Press stitch. to check chnges mde to the Press fter pressing to return to the originl setting. The vlue in the disply ppers with minus sign. Press to shift the pttern to the right side of the left needle position. CAUTION If the stitches get unched together, lengthen the stitch length nd continue sewing. Do not continue sewing without lengthening the stitch length. Otherwise, the needle my rek nd cuse injury. The vlue in the disply ppers with plus sign. Press fter pressing to return to the originl setting. After djusting the L/R SHIFT, slowly rotte the hndwheel towrd you (counterclockwise) nd check tht the needle does not touch the presser foot. If the needle hits the presser foot, the needle my end or rek. Sewing S-11

82 STITCH SETTINGS Setting the Thred Tension You my need to chnge the thred tension, depending on the fric nd thred eing used. Follow the steps elow to mke ny necessry chnges. Upper Thred is Too Tight If the oin thred is visile on the right side of the fric, the upper thred is too tight. If the oin thred ws incorrectly threded, the upper thred my pper to e too tight. In this cse, refer to Setting the Boin of Bsic opertions nd rethred the oin thred. Proper Thred Tension The upper thred nd the oin thred should cross ner the center of the fric. Only the upper thred should e visile from the right side of the fric, nd only the oin thred should e visile from the wrong side of the fric. Boin thred Upper thred c Surfce d Locks pper on surfce of fric Press, to loosen the upper thred. Wrong side Surfce c Upper thred d Boin thred When you finish sewing, remove the oin cover nd then mke sure tht the thred is shown s elow. If the thred is not shown s elow, the thred is not inserted through the tension-djusting spring of the oin cse correctly. Reinsert the thred correctly. For detils, refer to Setting the Boin of Bsic opertions. S-12

83 STITCH SETTINGS Upper Thred is Too Loose If the upper thred is visile from the wrong side of the fric, the upper thred is too loose. If the upper thred ws incorrectly threded, the upper thred my pper to e too loose. In this cse, refer to Upper Threding of Bsic opertions nd rethred the upper thred. S 1 Sewing Bsics Upper thred Boin thred c Wrong side d Locks pper on wrong side of fric Press, to tighten the upper thred. Press fter pressing to return to the originl setting. Sewing S-13

84 USEFUL FUNCTIONS USEFUL FUNCTIONS Automtic Thred Cutting c Set the fric in the strt position nd strt sewing. After selecting stitch pttern, turn on the utomtic thred cutting function efore sewing, nd the mchine will utomticlly sew reinforcement stitches (or reverse stitches, depending on the stitch pttern) t the eginning nd end of sewing, nd trim the threds t the end of sewing. This function is useful when sewing uttonholes nd r tcks. Select stitch pttern. Press to set the utomtic thred cutting function. Reverse stitches (or reinforcement stitches) The mchine will utomticlly sew reverse stitches (or reinforcement stitches) nd then continue sewing. If you press the Strt/Stop utton to puse sewing, press the sme utton gin to continue. The eginning reverse/reinforcement stitches will not e sewn gin. d Press the Reverse Stitch utton or Reinforcement Stitch utton. The key will disply s. Reverse stitches (or reinforcement stitches) The mchine will sew reverse stitches (or reinforcement stitches), then trim the thred. To turn off the utomtic thred cutting function, press gin, so it ppers s. S-14

85 USEFUL FUNCTIONS Using the Knee Lifter Using the knee lifter, you cn rise nd lower the presser foot with your knee, leving oth hnds free to hndle the fric. Align the ts on the knee lifter with the notches in the knee lifter slot on the front of the mchine. Insert the knee lifter r s fr s possile. Use your knee to move the knee lifter r to the right in order to rise the presser foot. Relese the knee lifter to lower the presser foot. S 1 Sewing Bsics CAUTION Only chnge position of the knee lifter hndle when knee lifter is not on the mchine, otherwise the presser foot will go up, nd then the knee lifter my dmge the mounting slot on front of the mchine. If the knee lifter r is not pushed into the mounting slot s fr s possile, it my come out during use. CAUTION Be sure to keep your knee wy from the knee lifter during sewing. If the knee lifter is pushed during mchine opertion, the needle my rek or the thred tension my loosen. When the presser foot is in the up position, move the knee lifter to the fr right nd then relese to return the presser foot to the down position. Pivoting If the pivot setting is selected, the mchine stops with the needle lowered (in the fric) nd the presser foot is utomticlly rised to n pproprite height when the Strt/Stop utton is pressed. When the Strt/Stop utton is pressed gin, the presser foot is utomticlly lowered nd sewing continues. This function is useful for stopping the mchine to rotte the fric. CAUTION When the pivot setting is selected, the mchine strts when the Strt/Stop utton is pressed or the foot controller is pressed down even if the presser foot hs een rised. Be sure to keep your hnds nd other items wy from the needle, otherwise injuries my occur. Sewing S-15

86 USEFUL FUNCTIONS When the pivot setting is selected, the height of the presser foot when sewing is stopped cn e chnged ccording to the type of fric eing sewn. Press to disply Pivoting Height in the settings screen. Press or to select one of the three heights (3.2 mm, 5.0 mm or 7.5 mm). To rise the presser foot further, increse the setting. (Normlly, 3.2 mm is set.) Press Select stitch. to select the pivot setting. The Needle Position - UP/DOWN in the settings screen, must e set in the down position for the pivot function to e used. When Needle Position - UP/DOWN is set in the rised position, ppers s light gry nd cnnot e used. The pivot function cn only e used with stitches where presser foot J or N is indicted in the upper-left corner of the screen. If ny other stitch is selected, ppers s light gry nd is not ville. Use the Presser Foot Lifter utton to mke sure the presser foot is lowered, nd then press the Strt/Stop utton to continue sewing. If the pivot setting is selected, nd eside Presser Foot Height in the settings screen re not ville nd the setting cnnot e chnged. c The key ppers s. Plce the fric under the presser foot with the needle t the strting point of the stitching, nd then press the Strt/Stop utton. The mchine will egin sewing. If you press the Strt/Stop utton to puse sewing, press it gin to continue, reverse stitches (or reinforcement stitches) will not e sewn. S-16

87 USEFUL FUNCTIONS d Press the Strt/Stop utton to stop the mchine t the point where the sewing direction chnges. The mchine stops with the needle in the fric, nd the presser foot is rised. Automtic Fric Sensor System (Automtic Presser Foot Pressure) The thickness of the fric is utomticlly detected nd the presser foot pressure is utomticlly djusted with n internl sensor while sewing, to insure tht your fric is fed smoothly. The fric sensor system works continuously while sewing. This function is useful for sewing over thick sems (see pge S-8), or quilting (see pge S-35). S 1 Sewing Bsics e Rotte the fric, nd then press the Strt/Stop utton. The presser foot is utomticlly lowered, nd sewing continues. Press to disply Automtic Fric Sensor System in the settings screen. Set Automtic Fric Sensor System to ON. c Press to return to the originl screen. Sewing S-17

88 USEFUL FUNCTIONS Needle Position Stitch Plcement When the Needle Position Stitch Plcement is on, the needle will e prtilly lowered for precise stitch plcement nd then press the Needle Position utton gin to lower the needle completely. Ech press of the Needle Position utton chnges the needle to the next position. When the Needle Position Stitch Plcement is turned off, ech press of the Needle Position utton simply rises nd then lowers the needle. Pointing needle mode is ON Pointing needle mode is OFF Locking the Screen If the screen is locked efore strting to sew, the vrious settings such s the stitch width nd stitch length re locked nd cnnot e chnged. This prevents screen settings from ccidentlly eing chnged or the mchine from eing stopped while lrge pieces of fric or projects re eing sewn. The screen cn e locked when sewing utility stitches nd chrcter decortive stitches. Select stitch pttern. If necessry, djust ny settings such s the stitch width nd stitch length. c Press to lock the screen settings. The key ppers s. * When the needle is nerly lowered y pressing the Needle Position utton, the feed dogs re lowered. At this time, the fric cn e shifted to finely djust the needle drop position. d e Sew your project. When you re finished sewing, press gin to unlock the screen settings. CAUTION If the screen is locked ( ), unlock the Press to disply Needle Position Stitch Plcement in the settings screen. screen y pressing. While the screen is locked, no other key cn e operted. The settings re unlocked when the mchine is turned off nd on. Set Needle Position Stitch Plcement to ON or OFF. c Press to return to the originl screen. S-18

89 USEFUL FUNCTIONS S 1 Sewing Bsics Sewing S-19

90 S Sewing Chpter 2 Utility Stitches SELECTING UTILITY STITCHES...21 Selecting Stitch...21 Using the Mirror Imge Key Using the Imge Key Sving Your Stitch Settings...22 Sving Settings Retrieving Sved Settings SEWING THE STITCHES...24 Stright Stitches...24 Chnging the Needle Position (Left or Middle Needle Position Stitches Only) Aligning the Fric with Mrk on the Needle Plte or Boin Cover (with Mrk) Using the Stright Stitch Needle Plte nd the Stright Stitch Foot Bsting Drt Sem...28 Gthering...29 Flt Fell Sem...29 Pintuck...30 Zigzg Stitches...31 Overcsting (Using Zigzg Stitch) Appliqué (Using Zigzg Stitch) Ptchwork (for Crzy Quilt) Sewing Curves (Using Zigzg Stitch) Cord Guide Boin Cover (Using Zigzg Stitch) Elstic Zigzg Stitches...33 Tpe Attching Overcsting Overcsting...33 Overcsting Using Presser Foot G Overcsting Using Presser Foot J Quilting...35 Piecing Piecing Using the 1/4" Quilting Foot with Guide (optionl with some models) Appliqué Quilting Quilting with Stin Stitches Free Motion Quilting Echo Quilting Using the Free Motion Echo Quilting Foot E (optionl with some models) Blind Hem Stitches...45 If the Needle Ctches Too Much of the Hem Fold If the Needle does not Ctch the Hem Fold Appliqué...48 Appliqué Shrp Curves Appliqué Corners Shelltuck Stitches...49 Scllop Stitches...50 Crzy Quilting...50 Smocking Stitches...51 Fgoting...52 Tpe or Elstic Attching...52 Heirloom...53 Hemstitching (1) Hemstitching (2) (Drwn Work (1)) Hemstitching (3) (Drwn Work (2)) One-step Buttonholes Sewing Stretch Frics...57 Odd Shped Buttons/Buttons tht do Not Fit into the Button Holder Plte...58 Drning Br Tcks Br Tcks on Thick Frics...61 Button Sewing Attching 4 Hole Buttons...62 Attching Shnk to the Button...62 Eyelet Multi-directionl Sewing (Stright Stitch nd Zigzg Stitch) Zipper Insertion Centered Zipper...64 Inserting Side Zipper...65 STITCH SETTING CHART... 67

91 SELECTING UTILITY STITCHES SELECTING UTILITY STITCHES Selecting Stitch There re 5 ctegories of Utility Stitches. Turn the min power to ON nd disply the utility stitches. Either 1-01 Stright stitch (Left) or 1-03 Stright stitch (Middle) is selected, depending on the setting selected in the settings screen. Use ctegory you wnt. to select the Using the Mirror Imge Key Depending on the type of utility stitch you select, you my e le to sew horizontl mirror imge of the stitch. If is lit when you select stitch, it will e possile to mke mirror imge of the stitch. If is light gry fter you select stitch, you cnnot crete horizontl mirror imge of the selected stitch due to the type of stitch or type of presser foot recommended (this is true of uttonholes, multi-directionl sewing, nd others). S 2 Utility Stitches * Press to view the next pge. * Press to view previous pge. Press to crete horizontl mirror imge of the selected stitch. The key will disply s. c Preview of the selected stitch Stitch selection screen c Percentge size of view c Press the key of the stitch you wnt to sew. For detils on ech stitch, refer to the STITCH SETTING CHART on pge S-67. Sewing S-21

92 SELECTING UTILITY STITCHES Using the Imge Key You cn disply n imge of the selected stitch. You cn check nd chnge the colors of the imge of the screen. Press. An imge of the selected stitch is displyed. Press to chnge the thred color of the stitch on the screen. * Press to disply n enlrged imge of the stitch. Sving Your Stitch Settings The settings for the zigzg stitch width, stitch length, thred tension, utomtic thred cutting, utomtic reinforcement stitching, etc., re preset in the mchine for ech stitch. However, if you hve specific settings tht you wish to reuse lter for stitch, you cn chnge the settings so tht they cn e sved for tht stitch. Five sets of settings cn e sved for single stitch. Sving Settings Select stitch. (Exmple: ) Specify your preferred settings. Stitch screen The color chnges every time you press. If stitches re wider or lrger thn disply, press drkened rrows to move the stitch pttern for etter visiility. c Press. The memory function screen ppers. d Press. c Press to return to the originl screen. The settings re sved. Press originl screen. to return to the If you try to sve settings when there re lredy 5 sets of settings sved for stitch, the messge The pockets re full. Delete pttern. will pper. Close the messge nd delete setting referring to pge S-23. S-22

93 SELECTING UTILITY STITCHES Retrieving Sved Settings Select stitch. Press. The memory function screen ppers. c Press. d When stitch is selected, the lst settings retrieved re displyed. The lst settings retrieved re retined even if the mchine ws turned off or different stitch ws selected. Press the numered key of the settings to e retrieved. e Press. The selected settings re retrieved. Press return to the originl screen. To sve new settings when there re lredy 5 sets of settings sved for stitch, press in the memory function screen. Press the numered key of the setting to e deleted. Press nd then. Press nd then. The new setting will e sved in plce of the recently deleted setting. You cn delete ll the sved settings y pressing. to S 2 Utility Stitches * Press to return to the originl screen without retrieving settings. Numered keys Sewing S-23

94 SEWING THE STITCHES SEWING THE STITCHES Stright Stitches See pge S-67 for the detiled informtion of stitches. Stitch Stitch nme Presser foot Stright stitch (Left) Refer to Sewing Reinforcement Stitches on pge S-5 for the detiled informtion of reverse stitches nd reinforcement stitches. Select stitch. Stright stitch (Left) Stright stitch (Middle) Stright stitch (Middle) Triple stretch stitch Stem stitch Attch presser foot J. * Attch presser foot N when you select. Decortive stitch Bsting stitch c Hold the thred til nd fric with your left hnd, nd rotte the hndwheel with your right hnd to insert the needle into the fric. Left needle position Middle needle position d Sewing strt position Lower the presser foot, nd hold the Reverse Stitch or Reinforcement Stitch utton to sew 3-4 stitches. The mchine sews reverse stitches (or reinforcement stitches). Reverse stitch Reinforcement stitch S-24

95 SEWING THE STITCHES e Press the Strt/Stop utton to sew forwrd. Reverse stitches The mchine will egin sewing slowly. Chnging the Needle Position (Left or Middle Needle Position Stitches Only) When you select left or middle needle position stitches, you cn use nd in the stitch width disply to chnge the position of the needle. Mtch the distnce from the right edge of the presser foot to the needle with the stitch width, then lign the edge of the presser foot with the edge of the fric during sewing for n ttrctive finish. S 2 Utility Stitches f CAUTION Be sure the needle does not strike sting pin, or ny other ojects, during sewing. The thred could tngle or the needle could rek, cusing injury. When sewing is completed, hold the Reverse Stitch utton or Reinforcement Stitch utton to sew 3-4 reverse stitches (or reinforcement stitches) t the end of the sem. Stitch width Exmple: Left/Middle needle position stitches g After sewing, press the Thred Cutter utton to trim the threds mm (pprox. 1/2 inch) 8.5 mm (pprox. 11/32 inch) 6.5 mm (pprox. 1/4 inch) 5.0 mm (pprox. 3/16 inch) When the utomtic thred cutting nd utomtic reinforcement stitch keys on the screen re selected, reverse stitches (or reinforcement stitches) will e sewn utomticlly t the eginning of sewing when the Strt/Stop utton is pressed. Press the Reverse Stitch or Reinforcement Stitch utton to sew reverse stitches (or reinforcement stitches) nd trim the thred utomticlly t the end of sewing. Sewing S-25

96 SEWING THE STITCHES Aligning the Fric with Mrk on the Needle Plte or Boin Cover (with Mrk) While sewing, lign the edge of the fric with the 16 mm (pprox. 5/8 inch) mrk on the needle plte or oin cover (with mrk) depending on the needle position (left or middle (center) needle position stitches only). For stitches with left needle position (Stitch width: 0.0 mm) Using the Stright Stitch Needle Plte nd the Stright Stitch Foot The stright stitch needle plte nd the stright stitch foot cn only e used for stright stitches (middle needle position stitches). Use the stright stitch needle plte nd the stright stitch foot when sewing thin frics or when sewing smll pieces which tend to sink into the hole of the regulr needle plte during sewing. The stright stitch foot is perfect to reduce puckering on lightweight frics. The smll opening on the foot provides support for the fric s the needle trvels through the fric mm (1/8 inch) 4.25 mm (3/16 inch) c 6.25 mm (1/4 inch) d 8.5 mm (5/16 inch) Sem Presser foot c Centimeters d Inches e Needle plte f 16 mm (5/8 inch) CAUTION Alwys use the stright stitch foot in comintion with the stright stitch needle plte. For stitches with middle (center) needle position (Stitch width: 3.5 mm) Press the Needle Position utton to rise the needle nd turn the min power to OFF or press to unlock ll keys nd uttons. Remove the needle nd the presser foot holder ( CHANGING THE NEEDLE of Bsic opertions ). Remove the flt ed ttchment. c Grsp oth sides of the needle plte cover, d nd then slide it towrd you. Sem Presser foot c Inches d Boin cover (with mrk) e 16 mm (5/8 inch) Needle plte cover S-26

97 SEWING THE STITCHES e f Grsp the oin cse, nd then pull it out. Boin cse Use the disc-shped screwdriver included with the mchine to unscrew nd remove the regulr needle plte. h i Insert the oin cse in its originl position, nd then ttch the needle plte cover. After reinstlling the needle plte cover, select ny of the stright stitches. When using the stright stitch needle plte, ll stright stitches ecome middle needle position stitches. You cnnot chnge the needle position using the width disply. Alwys secure the needle plte efore inserting the oin cse into its originl position. L/R SHIFT does not work when stright stitch needle plte is on the mchine. S 2 Utility Stitches g Set the stright stitch needle plte in plce nd use the disc-shped screwdriver to tighten the plte. j CAUTION Selecting other stitches will cuse n error messge to e displyed. Slowly rotte the hndwheel towrd you (counterclockwise) efore sewing nd mke sure tht the needle is not contcting the stright stitch foot nd stright stitch needle plte. Insert needle nd ttch the stright stitch foot. Round hole Align the two screw holes on the needle plte with the two holes on the mchine. Use the disc-shped screwdriver included with the mchine to secure the screws in the needle plte. Notch Pin Strt sewing. k * After sewing, mke sure to remove the stright stitch needle plte nd the stright stitch foot, nd reinstll the regulr needle plte, the needle plte cover nd the presser foot J. To prevent puckering on fine frics, use fine needle, size 75/11, nd short stitch length. For hevier frics, use hevier needle, size 90/14, nd longer stitches. Sewing S-27

98 SEWING THE STITCHES Bsting Select nd ttch presser foot J. Press the Reverse Stitch utton to sew reinforcement stitches, then continue sewing. Drt Sem Select nd ttch presser foot J. Sew reverse stitch t the eginning of the drt nd then sew from the wide end to the other end without stretching the fric. * If utomtic reinforcement stitching is preset, reinforcement stitch will utomticlly e sewn t the eginning of sewing. When you use the sting stitch for gthering, do not use reinforcement stitch t the eginning; you should lift the presser foot, rotte the hndwheel towrd you (counterclockwise), pull up the oin thred nd pull length of top nd oin thred out from the rer of the mchine. You cn set the stitch length etween 5 mm (pprox. 3/16 inch) nd 30 mm (pprox. 1-3/16 inches) c Bsting Cut the thred t the end leving 50 mm (pprox. 2 inches), nd then tie oth ends together. * Do not sew reverse stitch t the end. Between 5 mm (pprox. 3/16 inch) nd 30 mm (pprox. 1-3/16 inches) c Sew while keeping the fric stright. d Insert the ends of the thred into the drt with hnd sewing needle. d End the sting with reinforcement stitches. S-28

99 SEWING THE STITCHES e Iron the drt to one side so tht it is flt. d Sew two rows of stright stitches prllel to the sem line, then trim excess thred leving 50 mm (pprox. 2 inches). S 2 Gthering Use on wists of skirts, sleeves of shirts, etc. Select stright stitch nd ttch presser foot J. e Sem line 10 mm to 15 mm (pprox. 3/8 inch to 9/16 inch) c Aout 50 mm (pprox. 2 inches) Pull the oin threds to otin the desired mount of gther, then tie the threds. Utility Stitches f Smooth the gthers y ironing them. Set the stitch length to 4.0 mm (pprox. 3/16 inch) nd the thred tension to pproximtely 2.0 (weker tension). * If you press fter pressing c nd then, the stitch length will e set utomticlly to 4.0 mm (pprox. 3/16 inch) nd the thred tension will e utomticlly set to 2.0. Pull the oin nd upper threds out y 50 mm (pprox. 2 inches) ( Pulling Up the Boin Thred of Bsic opertions ). g Sew on the sem line nd remove the sting stitch. Flt Fell Sem Use for reinforcing sems nd finishing edges netly. Select nd ttch presser foot J. Upper thred Boin thred c Aout 50 mm (pprox. 2 inches) Sew the finish line, then cut hlf of the sem llownce from the side on which the flt fell sem will lie. * When the utomtic thred cutting nd utomtic reinforcement stitching re preset, reinforcement stitches will e sewn utomticlly t the eginning of sewing. Press the Reverse Stitch utton to sew Sewing S-29

100 SEWING THE STITCHES reinforcement stitch nd trim the thred utomticlly t the end of sewing. Finished flt fell sem Surfce Aout 12 mm (pprox. 1/2 inch) Wrong side Spred the fric out long the finish line. c Pintuck Mrk long the folds on the wrong side of the fric. d Finish line Wrong side Ly oth sem llownces on the side of the shorter sem (cut sem) nd iron them. Wrong side Turn the fric nd iron the folded prts only. Wrong side Surfce e Fold the longer sem llownce round the shorter one, nd sew the edge of the fold. c Select nd ttch presser foot I. Wrong side S-30

101 SEWING THE STITCHES d Sew stright stitch long the fold. Select stitch. * When the utomtic thred cutting nd utomtic reinforcement stitching re preset, reinforcement stitches will e sewn utomticlly t the eginning of sewing. Press the Reverse Stitch utton to sew reinforcement stitch nd trim the thred utomticlly t the end of sewing. S 2 Utility Stitches e Width for pintuck Wrong side c Surfce Iron the folds in the sme direction. Attch presser foot J. Overcsting (Using Zigzg Stitch) Sew the overcsting long the edge of the fric while positioning the right-hnd side needle drop point just outside the edge of the fric. Zigzg Stitches Zigzg stitches re useful for overcsting, ppliqué, ptchwork nd mny other pplictions. Select stitch, nd ttch presser foot J. See pge S-5 for the detiled informtion of reverse stitches nd reinforcement stitches. See pge S-67 for the detiled informtion of stitches. Needle drop position Appliqué (Using Zigzg Stitch) Attch the ppliqué mteril using temporry spry dhesive or sting, nd then sew it. * Sew zigzg stitch while positioning the right-hnd side needle drop point just outside the edge of the fric. Stitch Stitch nme Presser foot Zigzg stitch Zigzg stitch Zigzg stitch (Right) Zigzg stitch (Left) Sewing S-31

102 SEWING THE STITCHES Ptchwork (for Crzy Quilt) Turn ck the desired width of fric nd position it over the lower fric, then sew so tht the stitch ridges oth pieces of fric. c Snp the cord guide oin cover into plce, mking sure tht the gimp thred cn e fed freely. * Mke sure there re no restrictions when feeding the thred. Sewing Curves (Using Zigzg Stitch) Shorten the stitch length setting to otin fine stitch. Sew slowly, keeping the sems prllel with the fric edge s you guide the fric round the curve. d e f Set the zigzg width from 2.0 mm mm (pprox. 1/16 inch - 3/32 inch). Attch presser foot N. Position the fric right side up on top of the cord nd plce the cord to the rer of the mchine under the presser foot. Cord Guide Boin Cover (Using Zigzg Stitch) Remove the oin cover from the mchine ( Setting the Boin of Bsic opertions ). Thred the gimp thred through the hole in the cord guide oin cover from top to ottom. Position the thred in the notch t the ck of the cord guide oin cover. g Fric (right side) Gimp thred Lower the presser foot nd strt sewing to mke decortive finish. Notch Gimp thred S-32

103 SEWING THE STITCHES Elstic Zigzg Stitches Use elstic zigzg stitches for tpe ttching, overcsting, drning, or wide vriety of other uses. See pge S-67 for the detiled informtion of stitches. Stitch Stitch nme Presser foot 2 steps elstic zigzg Overcsting Use this stitch to sew overcsting on the edge of stretch frics. Sew the overcsting long the edge of the fric while positioning the right-hnd side needle drop point just outside the edge of the fric. S 2 Utility Stitches 3 steps elstic zigzg Select stitch. Overcsting Use for the edge of sems in skirts or trousers, nd the edge of ll cuttings. Use presser foot G, presser foot J, or the optionl side cutter ttchment depending on the kind of overcsting stitch you select. Overcsting Using Presser Foot G Stitch Stitch nme Presser foot Overcsting stitch Attch presser foot J. Tpe Attching Stretch the tpe flt. While stretching the tpe flt, sew the tpe to the fric. Overcsting stitch Overcsting stitch Tpe Sewing S-33

104 SEWING THE STITCHES Select stitch nd ttch presser foot G. CAUTION After the stitch width is djusted, rotte the hndwheel towrd you (counterclockwise). Check tht the needle does not touch the presser foot. If the needle hits the presser foot, the needle my rek nd cuse injury. The needle should not touch the center r If the presser foot is rised to its highest level, the needle my strike the presser foot. Overcsting Using Presser Foot J See pge S-67 for the detiled informtion of stitches. Stitch Stitch nme Presser foot Overcsting stitch Lower the presser foot so tht the presser foot guide is set flush ginst the edge of the fric. Overcsting stitch Overcsting stitch Overcsting stitch Single dimond overcst Single dimond overcst c Sew long the presser foot guide. Select stitch nd ttch presser foot J. Guide S-34

105 SEWING THE STITCHES Sew with the needle dropping slightly off the edge of the fric. Stitch Stem stitch Stitch nme Quilting ppliqué zigzg stitch Presser foot S 2 Needle drop position Zigzg stitch (Right) Zigzg stitch (Left) Utility Stitches Use the L/R SHIFT setting for fine tuning the plcement of the stitch. Be sure to sew tril stitches using the sme conditions s the rel sewing. 2 steps elstic zigzg 3 steps elstic zigzg Quilting Quilting ppliqué stitch You cn mke eutiful quilts quickly nd esily with this mchine. When mking quilt, you will find it convenient to use the knee lifter nd foot controller to free your hnds for other tsks ( Using the Foot Controller on pge S-4 nd /or Using the Knee Lifter on pge S-15). The 30 quilting stitches Q-01 through Q-30 nd the utility stitches with P or Q indicted on their key re useful for quilting. The P or Q t the ottom of the key disply indictes tht these stitches re intended for ( Q ) quilting nd ( P ) piecing. Shell tuck edge Blnket stitch Quilting stippling Overcsting stitch See pge S-67 for the detiled informtion of stitches. Tpe ttching Presser foot Stitch Stitch nme Serpentine stitch Piecing stitch (Middle) Fether stitch Piecing stitch (Right) Fgoting cross stitch Piecing stitch (Left) Couching stitch Hnd-look quilting (Middle) Ptchwork doule overlock stitch Bsting stitch (Middle) Smocking stitch Sewing S-35

106 SEWING THE STITCHES Stitch Stitch nme Rick-rck stitch Presser foot The width rnge of stitch setting is only ville in the Quilting stitch Q quilting ctegory. Piecing Decortive stitch Decortive stitch Sewing two pieces of fric together is clled piecing. When cutting pieces for quilt locks, mke sure the sem llownce is 6.5 mm (pprox. 1/4 inch). Hemstitching Select or nd ttch presser foot J. Hemstitching Single dimond overcst Overcsting stitch Align the edge of the fric with the edge of the presser foot, nd strt sewing. * To sew 6.5 mm (pprox. 1/4 inch) sem llownce long the right edge of the presser foot with selected, the width should e set to 5.50 mm (pprox. 7/32 inch). Piecing stitch (Right) Piecing stitch (Middle) Piecing stitch (Left) Hnd-look quilting 6.5 mm (pprox. 1/4 inch) * To sew 6.5 mm (pprox. 1/4 inch) sem llownce long the left edge of the presser foot with Quilting ppliqué zigzg stitch selected, the width should e set to 1.50 mm (pprox. 1/32 inch). Quilting ppliqué stitch Quilting stippling When stitch pttern in the Quilting Stitches ctegory (Q-02 through Q-30) is selected, finer stitch width cn e set thn is ville with stitch ptterns in other ctegories. For exmple: Stitch Q-03 hs 57 needle positions nd stitch Q-19 hs 29 width selections. 6.5 mm (pprox. 1/4 inch) * To chnge the needle position, use or in the width disply. S-36

107 SEWING THE STITCHES Using stright stitch (middle needle position) mkes it esier to sew smoothly (see pge S-24). For models equipped with the guideline mrker: In the cse Q-01(center, t width 3.5 mm) is selected, if the guideline mrker is set t 10.0 mm (3.5 mm plus 6.5 mm, close to 1/4 inch), you cn sew piecing with referring the guideline mrker. Piecing Using the 1/4" Quilting Foot with Guide (optionl with some models) This quilting foot cn sew n ccurte 1/4 inch or 1/8 inch sem llownce. It cn e used for piecing together quilt or for topstitching. Press, nd then ttch the 1/4 quilting foot with guide. Creting n ccurte sem llownce Use the mrk on the foot to egin, end, or pivot 1/4 inch from edge of fric. e e Align this mrk with edge of fric to egin. Beginning of stitching c End of stitching d Opposite edge of fric to end or pivot e 1/4 inch c d For detils on pivoting, refer to Pivoting on pge S-15. S 2 Utility Stitches Topstitching quilting, 1/8 inch Sew with the edge of the fric ligned with the left side of the presser foot end. Guide Use the guide nd mrks on the presser foot to sew ccurte sem llownces. Piecing 1/4 inch sem llownce Sew keeping the edge of the frics ginst the guide. Surfce of fric Sem c 1/8 inch c Guide 1/4 inch For ccurte fric plcement, refer to Aligning the Fric with Mrk on the Needle Plte or Boin Cover (with Mrk) on pge S-26. Sewing S-37

108 SEWING THE STITCHES Appliqué Trce the pttern onto the ppliqué fric nd then cut round it, leving 3 mm to 5 mm (pprox. 1/8 inch to 3/16 inch) sem llownce. e Use the quilting ppliqué stitch to ttch the ppliqué. Sew round the edge while dropping the needle s close to the edge s possile. Sem llownce: 3 mm to 5 mm (pprox. 1/8 inch to 3/16 inch) Plce piece of stilizer cut to the finished size of the ppliqué design onto the fric, nd then fold over the sem mrgin using n iron. Clip curves when necessry. Appliqué Needle drop position CAUTION Be creful tht the needle does not strike sting pin during sewing. Striking pin cn cuse the needle to rek, resulting in injury. c Turn the ppliqué over, nd ttch the stilizer with sting pins or sting stitch. You cn use the ppliqué technique to ttch ppliqué designs like the three pictured elow. d Select nd ttch presser foot J. Dresden plte Stined glss c Sunonnet sue Quilting Sewing the quilt top, tting, nd cking together is clled quilting. You cn sew the quilt with the optionl wlking foot to keep the quilt top, tting, nd cking from sliding. The wlking foot hs set of feed dogs tht move together with the feed dogs in the needle plte during sewing. Select, or. Attch the wlking foot. ( CHANGING THE PRESSER FOOT of Bsic opertions ) S-38

109 SEWING THE STITCHES c Plce one hnd on ech side of the presser foot to hold the fric secure while sewing. d Press to use the speed control slide to control the stitch width. e Set the Width Control to ON. S 2 Quilting with Stin Stitches For etter fric control, use the foot controller to sew with stin stitches. Set the speed control slide to control the stitch width to mke sutle chnges in the stitch width during sewing. Attch the foot controller (see pge S-4). Select Sew t slow to medium speed. Do not sew in reverse or use stitches tht require side wys or reverse feeding. Alwys check to e sure tht your quilting surfce is securely sted efore eginning to sew. Specilized mchine quilt needles nd threds re lso ville for mchine quilting. nd ttch presser foot J. c Press in the length disply to shorten the stitch length. You cn use the speed control slide to djust the stitch width. Use the foot controller to djust the sewing speed. f Press. The disply will return to the originl screen. Strt sewing. g * You cn djust the stitch width during sewing y moving the sewing speed controller. Slide the lever to the left, nd the stitch width ecomes nrrower. Slide it to the right, the stitch width ecomes wider. The size of the width chnges eqully on oth sides of the middle needle position. Utility Stitches nrrower wider Exmple: Chnging the width \ The setting will vry ccording to the kind of fric nd the thickness of the thred, ut length of 0.3 mm to 0.5 mm (pprox. 1/64 inch to 1/32 inch) is est for stin stitches. h When you re finished sewing, set the Width Control ck to OFF. Sewing S-39

110 SEWING THE STITCHES Free Motion Quilting With free motion quilting, the feed dogs cn e lowered y pressing, so tht the fric cn e moved freely in ny direction. In this mode, the presser foot is rised to the necessry height for free motion sewing. We recommend ttching the foot controller nd sewing t consistent speed. You cn djust the sewing speed with the speed control slide on the mchine. CAUTION With free motion quilting, control the feeding speed of the fric to mtch the sewing speed. If the fric is moved fster thn the sewing speed, the needle my rek or other dmge my result. Using free motion open toe quilting foot O The free motion open toe quilting foot O is used for free motion quilting with zigzg or decortive stitches or for free motion quilting of stright lines on fric with n uneven thickness. Vrious stitches cn e sewn using free motion open toe quilting foot O. For detils on the stitches tht cn e used, refer to the STITCH SETTING CHART on pge S-67. When strting to sew, the internl sensor detects the thickness of the fric, nd the quilting foot is rised to the height specified in the mchine settings screen. Press to disply Free Motion Foot Height of the settings screen. Press or to select the height tht the quilting foot is rised ove the fric. Increse the setting y pressing, for exmple, when sewing very stretchy fric, so tht it is esier to sew. In order to sew with lnced tension, it my e necessry to djust the upper thred tension (see pge S-12). Test with smple piece of quilting fric. Press to set the mchine to free motion sewing mode. Free motion open toe quilting foot O The key ppers s, the quilting foot is rised to the necessry height, nd then the feed dogs re lowered for free motion sewing. Select stitch. c Remove the presser foot holder. S-40

111 SEWING THE STITCHES d Attch free motion open toe quilting foot O y positioning the pin of the quilting foot ove the needle clmp screw nd ligning the lower-left of the quilting foot nd the presser r. g Press mode. to cncel the free motion sewing Rotte the hndwheel towrd you (counterclockwise) to rise the feed dogs. Do not e discourged with your initil results. The technique requires prctice. Using free motion quilting foot C (optionl with some models) Use the free motion quilting foot C with stright stitch needle plte for free motion sewing. S 2 Utility Stitches pin Needle clmp screw c Presser r e Mke sure tht the quilting foot is not slnted. Hold the quilting foot in plce with your right hnd, nd tighten the presser foot holder screw using the disc-shped screwdriver with your left hnd. Free motion quilting foot C CAUTION When using free motion quilting foot C, e sure to use the stright stitch needle plte nd sew with the needle in middle (center) needle position. If the needle is moved to ny position other thn the middle (center) needle position, the needle my rek, which my result in injuries. f Presser foot holder screw CAUTION Be sure to securely tighten the screws with the included screwdriver. Otherwise, the needle my touch the quilting foot, cusing it to end or rek. Use oth hnds to stretch the fric tut, nd then move the fric t consistent pce in order to sew uniform stitches roughly 2.0 mm mm (pprox. 1/16 inch - 3/32 inch) in length. When strting to sew, the internl sensor detects the thickness of the fric, nd the quilting foot is rised to the height specified in the mchine settings screen. Press to disply Free Motion Foot Height of the settings screen. Press or to select the height tht the quilting foot is rised ove the fric. Increse the setting y pressing, for exmple, when sewing very stretchy fric, so tht it is esier to sew. Stitch In order to sew with lnced tension, it my e necessry to djust the upper thred tension. Test with smple piece of fric tht is similr to your chosen fric. Sewing S-41

112 SEWING THE STITCHES Attch the stright stitch needle plte (see pge S-26). The key ppers s, the quilting foot is rised to the necessry height, nd then the feed dogs re lowered for free motion sewing. Round hole Notice this needle plte hs round hole for the needle. Select or. c Press to set the mchine to free motion sewing mode. d Free motion quilting foot C When stitch Q-01 or 1-30 is selected, free motion quilting foot C is indicted in the upper-left corner of the screen. Attch free motion quilting foot C t the front with the presser foot holder screw ligned with the notch in the quilting foot. Presser foot holder screw Notch Mke sure tht the quilting foot is ttched properly nd not slnted. S-42

113 SEWING THE STITCHES e f Hold the quilting foot in plce with your right hnd, nd tighten the presser foot holder screw using the screwdriver with your left hnd. Presser foot holder screw CAUTION Be sure to securely tighten the screws with the included screwdriver. Otherwise, the needle my touch the quilting foot, cusing it to end or rek. Use oth hnds to stretch the fric tut, nd then move the fric t consistent pce in order to sew uniform stitches roughly 2.0 mm mm (pprox. 1/16 inch - 3/32 inch) in length. Stitch g Press mode. to cncel the free motion sewing Rotte the hndwheel towrd you (counterclockwise) to rise the feed dogs. h After sewing, mke sure to remove the stright stitch needle plte nd presser foot C, nd reinstll the regulr needle plte nd the needle plte cover. Free motion open toe quilting foot O cn lso e used with the stright stitch needle plte. We recommend using free motion open toe quilting foot O with free motion sewing of frics of uneven thicknesses. When using the stright stitch needle plte, ll stright stitches ecome middle needle position stitches. You cnnot chnge the needle position using the width disply. Normlly, the feed dogs re rised for regulr sewing. Do not e discourged with your initil results. The technique requires prctice. Echo Quilting Using the Free Motion Echo Quilting Foot E (optionl with some models) Sewing quilting lines t equl distnces round motif is clled echo quilting. The quilting lines, which pper s ripples echoing wy from the motif, re the distinguishing chrcteristic of this quilting style. Use the free motion echo quilting foot E for echo quilting. Using the mesurement on the presser foot s guide, sew round the motif t fixed intervl. We recommend ttching the foot controller nd sewing t consistent speed. S 2 Utility Stitches Free motion echo quilting foot E mesurement 6.4 mm (pprox. 1/4 inch) 9.5 mm (pprox. 3/8 inch) Sewing S-43

114 SEWING THE STITCHES CAUTION With free motion quilting, control the feeding speed of the fric to mtch the sewing speed. If the fric is moved fster thn the sewing speed, the needle my rek or other dmge my result. When strting to sew, the internl sensor detects the thickness of the fric, nd the quilting foot is rised to the height specified in the mchine settings screen. Press to disply Free Motion Foot Height of the settings screen (see pge S-15). Press or to select the height tht the quilting foot is rised ove the fric. Increse the setting y pressing, for exmple, when sewing very soft fric, so tht it is esier to sew. c d e The key ppers s, the quilting foot is rised to the necessry height, then the feed dogs re lowered for free motion sewing. Attch the dpter ( CHANGING THE PRESSER FOOT of Bsic opertions ). Attch the free motion echo quilting foot E on the left side of the dpter with the holes in the quilting foot nd dpter ligned. Tighten the screw with the included screwdriver. In order to sew with lnced tension, it my e necessry to djust the upper thred tension (see pge S-12). Test with smple piece of quilting fric. Select. Press to set the mchine to free motion sewing mode. CAUTION Be sure to securely tighten the screws with the included screwdriver. Otherwise, the needle my touch the quilting foot, cusing it to end or rek. S-44

115 SEWING THE STITCHES f Using the mesurement on the quilting foot s guide, sew round the motif. Blind Hem Stitches Secure the ottoms of skirts nd pnts with lind hem. Two stitches re ville for lind hem stitching. Stitch Stitch nme Presser foot Blind hem stitch Blind hem stitch stretch S 2 Utility Stitches When the size of cylindricl pieces is too smll to slide onto the rm or the length is too short, the fric will not feed nd desired results my not e chieved. Turn the skirt or pnts wrong side out. 6.4 mm (pprox. 1/4 inch) Finished project 1 Wrong side of fric Right side of fric c Edge of fric d Bottom side 2 3 Fold the fric long the desired edge of the hem, nd press. g Press mode. to cncel the free motion sewing Rotte the hndwheel towrd you (counterclockwise) to rise the feed dogs Wrong side of fric Right side of Fric c Edge of fric d Desired edge of hem <Thick fric> <Norml fric> <Seen from the side> Sewing S-45

116 SEWING THE STITCHES c Use chlk to mrk on the fric out 5 mm (3/16 inch) from the edge of the fric, nd then ste it. Select or. g <Seen from the side> 4 Wrong side of fric Right side of fric c Edge of fric d Desired edge of hem e 5 mm (3/16 inch) f Bsting <Thick fric> <Norml fric> d Fold ck the fric inside long the sting. h Remove the flt ed ttchment to use the free-rm Wrong side of fric Right side of fric c Edge of fric d Desired edge of hem e 5 mm (3/16 inch) f Bsting g Bsting point i Slide the item tht you wish to sew onto the free rm, mke sure tht the fric feeds correctly, nd then strt sewing <Thick fric> <Norml fric> e f <Seen from the side> Unfold the edge of fric, nd position the fric with the wrong side fcing up <Seen from the side> Attch lind hem foot R. Wrong side of fric Right side of fric c Edge of fric d Desired edge of hem e Bsting point f Bsting <Thick fric> <Norml fric> j Free rm Position the fric with the edge of the folded hem ginst the guide of the presser foot, nd then lower the presser foot lever. Wrong side of fric Fold of hem c Guide S-46

117 k Adjust the stitch width until the needle slightly ctches the fold of the hem. SEWING THE STITCHES If the Needle Ctches Too Much of the Hem Fold The needle is too fr to the left. Press to decrese the stitch width so tht the needle slightly ctches the fold of the hem. S 2 Needle drop point When you chnge the needle drop point, rise the needle, nd then chnge the stitch width. <Thick fric> Utility Stitches <Stitch width> <Norml fric> Thick fric Norml fric Blind hem stitches cnnot e sewn if the left needle drop point does not ctch the fold. If the needle ctches too much of the fold, the fric cnnot e unfolded nd the sem ppering on the right side of the fric will e very lrge, leving n unttrctive finish. If you experience either of these cses, follow the instructions elow to solve the prolem. 1 2 Wrong side of fric Right side of fric If the Needle does not Ctch the Hem Fold The needle is too fr to the right. Press to increse the stitch width so tht the needle slightly ctches the fold of the hem. <Thick fric> Sewing S-47

118 SEWING THE STITCHES <Norml fric> c Attch presser foot J. Check tht the needle drops slightly off the edge of the ppliqué, then strt sewing. Wrong side of fric Right side of fric l m Sew with the fold of the hem ginst the presser foot guide. Remove the sting stitching nd reverse the fric. Appliqué mteril 1 2 Wrong side of fric Right side of fric Appliqué Use temporry spry dhesive, fric glue or sting stitch to ttch the ppliqué to the fric. * This will keep the fric from moving during sewing. Needle drop position Appliqué Shrp Curves Stop the mchine with the needle in the fric outside the ppliqué. Rise the presser foot nd turn the fric little it t time while sewing for n ttrctive finish to the sem. Appliqué Fric glue Select or. * Adjust the stitch length nd width to correspond to the ppliqué shpe, size, nd qulity of mteril (see pge S-10). For detils on ech stitch, refer to the STITCH SETTING CHART on pge S-67. S-48

119 Appliqué Corners Stop the mchine with the needle in the right position of the outside (or inside) corner of the ppliqué. Rise the presser foot nd pivot the fric to lign the fric edge. Lower the presser foot nd continue stitching. c SEWING THE STITCHES To mke rows of shell tuck stitches, fold the fric in hlf long the is. S 2 Utility Stitches Use thin fric. d Attch presser foot J. Set the needle drop point slightly off the edge of the fric, nd strt sewing. Outside corner Inside corner Plcing lightweight ter wy stilizer eneth the stitching re will improve the stitch plcement long the edge of the ppliqué fric. Shelltuck Stitches Shelltuck stitches give n ttrctive ppernce of shells long the curve of collr. This stitch pttern cn e used for edging the neckline or sleeves of dresses nd louses. Select. For detils on ech stitch, refer to the STITCH SETTING CHART on pge S-67. Increse the upper thred tension for n ttrctive scllop finish to the shelltuck stitches (see pge S-12). Needle drop position If the upper thred tension is too wek, the shelltuck stitches will not scllop. Sewing S-49

120 SEWING THE STITCHES e Unfold the fric, nd iron the tucks to one side. c Trim long the sem, mking sure not to cut the stitches. To mke shell tucks t the edge of collr or neckline, follow the pttern s instructions nd then use this stitch to mke decortive finish on the collr or neckline. Scllop Stitches This wve-shped stin stitch is clled the scllop stitch. Use this stitch to decorte the edges of louse collrs nd hndkerchiefs or use it s hem ccent. A temporry spry dhesive my e necessry for lightweight frics. Test sew the fric efore sewing project. Crzy Quilting For decortive look clled Crzy Quilting, the following stitches cn e sewn on top of pressed sem llownce. Use sem selnt to secure the edges of the scllop stitches. Select stright stitch nd ttch presser foot J. With the right sides fcing ech other, sew two pieces of fric together, nd then press open the sem llownce. Select. For detils on ech stitch, refer to the STITCH SETTING CHART on pge S-67. Attch presser foot N. Sew scllop stitches long the edge of the fric. * Do not sew directly on the edge of the fric. Stright stitch Sem mrgins c 6.5 mm (pprox. 1/4 inch) d Wrong side S-50

121 SEWING THE STITCHES Select stitch for top stitching. c d Plce the fric right side up in the mchine, nd center the presser foot over the sem when sewing. e Pull the oin threds to otin the desired mount of gther, nd then smooth the gthers y ironing them. S 2 Utility Stitches f Select or. Right side of fric Smocking Stitches Use smocking stitches for decortive sewing on clothes, etc. For detils on ech stitch, refer to the STITCH SETTING CHART on pge S-67. Sew the spces etween the stright sems. g Select stright stitch nd ttch presser foot J. Set the stitch length to 4.0 mm (pprox. 3/16 inch) nd loosen the upper thred tension to pproximtely 2.0 (see Setting the Stitch Length on pge S-10 nd Setting the Thred Tension on pge S-12). c d Pull the oin nd upper threds out y 50 mm (pprox. 2 inches). Sew the sems, leving pproximtely 10 mm (pprox. 3/8 inch) etween the sems, then trim excess thred, leving 50 mm (pprox. 2 inches). Pull out the stright stitch threds. h Approximtely 10 mm (pprox. 3/8 inch) Sewing S-51

122 SEWING THE STITCHES Fgoting When there is spce etween two frics with thred sewn over the spce to join the frics together, it is clled fgoting. Use this stitch when sewing louses or children s clothes. Bste two pieces of fric onto thin pper, leving spce of 4 mm (pprox. 3/16 inch) etween the frics. * If you drw line down the middle of the thin pper or wter-solule stilizer, sewing is esier. Tpe or Elstic Attching Select stright stitch nd ttch presser foot J. Set the stitch length to 4.0 mm (pprox. 3/16 inch), nd loosen the upper thred tension to 2.0 (see Setting the Stitch Length on pge S-10 nd Setting the Thred Tension on pge S-12). Be sure tht neither utomtic reinforcement nor utomtic thred cutting is selected. c Sew two rows of stright stitches on the right side of the fric, then pull the oin thred to crete the necessry gther. 4.0 mm (pprox. 3/16 inch) Pper c Bsting stitches Select or. For detils on ech stitch, refer to the STITCH SETTING CHART on pge S-67. Attch presser foot J. Align the center of c the presser foot with the middle of the spce etween the frics nd egin sewing. Before sewing the stright stitch, rotte the hndwheel towrd you (counterclockwise) nd pull up the oin thred. Holding the top nd oin thred, pull length of thred out from the rer of the mchine. (Be sure tht the presser foot is rised.) d Plce the tpe over the gther, nd hold it in plce with sting pins. Bsting stitches Use thick thred. d When sewing is finished, gently ter the pper wy. Tpe S-52

123 SEWING THE STITCHES e Select or. For detils on ech stitch, refer to the STITCH SETTING CHART on pge S-67. Heirloom Hemstitching (1) Use for sewing tlecloths, decortive hems, nd decortive stitching on shirt fronts. S 2 f Sew over the tpe (or elstic). Use light to medium weight homespun fric with little stiffness. Insert type 130/705H, size 100/16 Wing needle. Utility Stitches * This specilty sewing needle is not furnished with your mchine. Must e purchsed seprtely. CAUTION Be sure the needle does not strike sting pin, or ny other ojects, during sewing. The thred could tngle or the needle could rek, cusing injury. CAUTION The Automtic Threding utton cnnot e used. Thred the wing needle y hnd, from front to ck. Using the Automtic Threding utton my result in dmge to the mchine. A more ttrctive finish cn e otined if you use 130/705H Wing needle when sewing these ptterns. If using wing needle nd the stitch width hs een set mnully, check tht the needle will not touch the presser foot y crefully rotting the hndwheel towrd you (counterclockwise) efore strting to sew. Select stitch nd ttch presser foot N. * Select ny stitch etween 3-01 nd Pull out the stright stitch threds. g For detils on ech stitch, refer to the STITCH SETTING CHART on pge S-67. Sewing S-53

124 SEWING THE STITCHES Strt sewing. c Exmple: Illustrtion of finished product d Press stitch. e to crete mirror imge of the Mtch eginning needle drop points on the opposite edge of the open re to keep the stitching symmetricl. Hemstitching (2) (Drwn Work (1)) Pull out severl threds from one re on piece of fric to open the re. * Pull out 5 or 6 threds to leve 3 mm (pprox. 1/8 inch) re open. Hemstitching (3) (Drwn Work (2)) Pull out severl threds from oth sides of the 4 mm (pprox. 3/16 inch) re which re not yet open. * Pull out four threds, leve five threds, nd then pull out four threds. The width of five threds is pproximtely 4 mm (pprox. 3/16 inch) or less. Loosely woven frics work est for this. Select. c For detils on ech stitch, refer to the STITCH SETTING CHART on pge S-67. Attch presser foot N. With the right side of the fric fcing up, sew one edge of the open re. Approx. 4 mm (pprox. 3/16 inch) or less Four threds (pull out) c Five threds (leve) Select. For detils on ech stitch, refer to the STITCH SETTING CHART on pge S-67. S-54

125 SEWING THE STITCHES c Sew the decortive stitch in the center of the five threds creted ove. A wing needle cn e used for Hemstitching (3). Stitch Stitch nme Presser foot Bound uttonhole Keyhole uttonhole Tpered keyhole uttonhole Keyhole uttonhole One-step uttonholes re sewn from the front of the presser foot to the ck, s shown elow. S 2 Utility Stitches One-step Buttonholes With one-step uttonholes, you cn mke uttonholes pproprite to the size of your utton. See pge S-67 for the detiled informtion of stitches. Stitch Stitch nme Presser foot Nrrow rounded uttonhole Wide round ended uttonhole Tpered round ended uttonhole Round ended uttonhole Round ended uttonhole Round doule ended uttonhole Reinforcement stitching Nrrow squred uttonhole Wide squred uttonhole Stretch uttonhole Heirloom uttonhole Sewing S-55

126 SEWING THE STITCHES Select uttonhole stitch, nd ttch uttonhole foot A. Mrk the position nd length of the uttonhole on the fric. 1 2 Pss the thred underneth the presser foot. Slide the outside frme of the uttonhole foot ckwrd s fr s possile s shown in the illustrtion, mking sure tht there is no gp ehind the prt of the foot mrked A. If the uttonhole foot is not slid ck s fr s possile, the uttonhole will not e sewn t the correct size. Mrks on fric Buttonhole sewing The mximum uttonhole length is out 28 mm (pprox. 1-1/16 inches) (dimeter + thickness of the utton). e Lower the uttonhole lever so tht it is positioned ehind the metl rcket on the uttonhole foot. c Pull out the utton holder plte on the presser foot, nd insert the utton tht will e put through the uttonhole. Then tighten the utton holder plte round the utton. Buttonhole lever d Button holder plte The size of the uttonhole is determined y the size of the utton in the utton holder plte. Align the presser foot with the mrk on the fric, nd lower the presser foot. f Metl rcket Gently hold the end of the upper thred, nd then strt sewing. * Feed the fric crefully y hnd while the uttonhole is sewn. A Mrk on the fric Mrks on the presser foot Once sewing is completed, the mchine utomticlly sews reinforcement stitches, nd then stops. S-56

127 SEWING THE STITCHES g If utomtic thred cutting is turned on efore you strt sewing, oth threds re utomticlly cut fter the reinforcement stitches re sewn. If the fric does not feed (for exmple, ecuse it is too thick), increse the stitch length setting. Insert pin long the inside of one of the r tcks, nd then insert the sem ripper into the center of the uttonhole nd cut towrds the pin. Sewing Stretch Frics When sewing on stretch fric with or, sew the uttonhole stitches over gimp thred. Hook the gimp thred onto the ck of presser foot A. Insert the ends into the grooves t the front of the presser foot, nd then temporrily tie them there. S 2 Utility Stitches Upper thred Bsting pin Sem ripper CAUTION When using the sem ripper to open the uttonhole, do not put your hnd or finger in the pth of the ripper. The ripper my slip nd cuse injury. Do not use the sem ripper in ny other wy thn how it is intended. Lower the presser foot nd strt sewing. For keyhole uttonholes, use the eyelet punch to mke hole in the rounded end of the uttonhole. Then insert pin long the inside of one of the r tcks, insert sem ripper into the hole mde with the eyelet punch, nd cut towrds the pin. c Set the width of the stin stitches to the width of the gimp thred, nd set the uttonhole width to e 2-3 times the width of the gimp thred. Once sewing is completed, gently pull the gimp thred to remove ny slck, nd trim off ny excess. Eyelet punch Bsting pin After using the sem ripper to cut open the threds over the uttonhole, trim off the threds. Sewing S-57

128 SEWING THE STITCHES Odd Shped Buttons/Buttons tht do Not Fit into the Button Holder Plte Use the mrkings on the presser foot scle to set the size of the uttonhole. One mrk on the presser foot scle equls 5 mm (pprox. 3/16 inch). Add the utton dimeter nd thickness together, nd then set the plte t the clculted vlue. Drning Use drning stitches for mending nd other pplictions. See pge S-67 for the detiled informtion of stitches. Stitch Stitch nme Presser foot Drning Drning Drning is performed y sewing from the front of the presser foot to the ck s shown elow. Presser foot scle Button holder plte c Completed mesurement of dimeter + thickness d 5 mm (pprox. 3/16 inch) For exmple, for utton with dimeter of 15 mm (pprox. 9/16 inch) nd thickness of 10 mm (pprox. 3/8 inch), the scle should e set t 25 mm (pprox. 1 inch). 10 mm (pprox. 3/8 inch) 15 mm (pprox. 9/16 inch) Reinforcement stitches Select stitch, nd ttch uttonhole foot A. Set the scle to the desired length of the drning. Presser foot scle Completed length mesurement c Width 7 mm (pprox. 1/4 inch) d 5 mm (pprox. 3/16 inch) The mximum length for drning is 28 mm (pprox. 1-1/16 inches). S-58

129 c Check tht the needle drops t the desired position nd lower the presser foot, mking sure the upper thred psses underneth the uttonhole foot. e SEWING THE STITCHES Gently hold the end of the upper thred, nd then press the Strt/Stop utton to strt the mchine. S 2 Utility Stitches Pss the thred underneth the presser foot. Set the presser foot so tht there is no gp ehind the section mrked with n A (the shded re in the illustrtion elow). If there is gp, the size of the drning will not e correct. Once sewing is completed, the mchine utomticlly sews reinforcement stitches, nd then stops. If utomtic thred cutting is turned on efore you strt sewing, oth threds re utomticlly cut fter the reinforcement stitches re sewn. If the fric does not feed (for exmple, ecuse it is too thick), increse the stitch length setting. Br Tcks d Lower the uttonhole lever so tht it is positioned ehind the metl rcket on the uttonhole foot. Use r tcks to reinforce res tht will e suject to strin, such s pocket corners. See pge S-67 for the detiled informtion of stitches. Stitch Stitch nme Presser foot Br tck Select. Buttonhole lever Attch uttonhole foot A nd set the scle to the length of the r tck you wish to sew. Metl rcket Presser foot scle Completed length mesurement c 5 mm (pprox. 3/16 inch) Sewing S-59

130 SEWING THE STITCHES Br tcks cn e etween 5 mm (pprox. 3/16 inch) nd 28 mm (pprox. 1-1/16 inches). Br tcks re usully etween 5 mm (pprox. 3/16 inch) nd 10 mm (pprox. 3/8 inch). e Lower the uttonhole lever so tht it is positioned ehind the metl rcket on the uttonhole foot. c Set the fric so tht the pocket moves towrd you during sewing. Pss the thred underneth the presser foot. Slide the outside frme of the uttonhole foot ckwrd s fr s possile s shown in the illustrtion, mking sure tht there is no gp ehind the prt of the foot mrked A. If the uttonhole foot is not slid ck s fr s possile, the r tck will not e sewn to the correct size. f Metl rcket Gently hold the end of the upper thred nd egin sewing. d Check the first needle drop point nd lower the presser foot. When sewing is completed, the mchine will sew reinforcement stitches nd stop utomticlly. 2 mm (pprox. 1/16 inch) S-60

131 Br Tcks on Thick Frics Plce piece of folded fric or crdord eside the fric eing sewn to level the uttonhole foot nd llow for esier nd even feeding. c SEWING THE STITCHES Attch utton sewing foot M, slide the utton long the metl plte nd into the presser foot, nd lower the presser foot. S 2 Utility Stitches Presser foot Thick pper c Fric If utomtic thred cutting is turned on efore you strt sewing, oth threds re utomticlly cut fter the reinforcement stitches re sewn. If the fric does not feed (for exmple, ecuse it is too thick), increse the stitch length setting. Button Sewing Buttons with 2 or 4 holes cn e ttched, using the mchine. See pge S-67 for the detiled informtion of stitches. Stitch Stitch nme Presser foot Button sewing Do not use the utomtic thred cutting function when sewing uttons. Otherwise, you will lose the thred ends. Select. d e f Button Metl plte Rotte the hndwheel towrd you (counterclockwise) to check tht the needle goes into ech hole correctly. * If the needle does not rech the holes on the left side, djust the stitch width. * To ttch the utton more securely, repet the process. Gently hold the end of the upper thred nd strt sewing. The mchine stops utomticlly when sewing is finished. CAUTION Mke sure the needle does not strike the utton during sewing. The needle my rek nd cuse injury. From the wrong side of the fric, pull the end of the oin thred to pull the upper thred through to the wrong side of the fric. Tie the two thred ends together nd cut the threds. The feed dogs re lowered utomticlly. Rise the presser foot. g After the utton is ttched, select nother stitch nd rotte the hndwheel towrd you (counterclockwise) to rise the feed dogs. Sewing S-61

132 SEWING THE STITCHES Attching 4 Hole Buttons Sew the two holes closest to you. Then rise the presser foot nd move the fric so tht the needle goes into the next two holes, nd sew them in the sme wy. Eyelet Use this stitch for mking elt holes nd other similr pplictions. See pge S-67 for the detiled informtion of stitches. Stitch Stitch nme Presser foot Eyelet Attching Shnk to the Button Pull the shnk lever towrd you efore sewing. Select. Use or in either the stitch width disply or the stitch length disply to choose the size of the eyelet. Shnk lever Pull the two ends of the upper thred etween the utton nd the fric, wind them round the shnk, nd then tie them firmly together. c * Actul size Lrge 7 mm (pprox. 1/4 inch) Medium 6 mm (pprox. 15/64 inch) c Smll 5 mm (pprox. 3/16 inch) Attch monogrmming foot N, then rotte the hndwheel towrd you (counterclockwise) to check the needle drop position. c Tie the ends of the oin thred from the eginning nd end of sewing together on the wrong side of the fric. d When sewing is completed, e sure to select the other stitch nd rotte the hndwheel towrd you (counterclockwise) to rise the feed dogs. Cut off ny excess thred. Needle drop position Lower the presser foot nd strt sewing. d When sewing is finished, the mchine sews reinforcement stitches nd stops utomticlly. If the stitch pttern comes out poorly, mke djustments to SEWING STITCH PATTERNS on pge S-81. S-62

133 SEWING THE STITCHES e Use the eyelet punch to mke hole in the center of the stitching. c For detils on ech stitch, refer to the STITCH SETTING CHART on pge S-67. Set the needle in the fric t the sewing strt point, nd sew sem 1 s shown. S 2 Utility Stitches Multi-directionl Sewing (Stright Stitch nd Zigzg Stitch) Use these stitch ptterns to ttch ptches or emlems to pnt legs, shirt sleeves, etc. Remove the flt ed ttchment to use the free-rm. Strt Point d Select nd sew sem 2 s shown. * The fric will move sidewys, guide the fric y hnd to keep sewing stright. Insert the tuulr piece of fric onto the free-rm, nd then sew in the order shown in the illustrtion. e Select nd sew sem 3 s shown. Select N. nd ttch monogrmming foot The fric feeds forwrd while stitching ckwrd. Sewing S-63

134 SEWING THE STITCHES f Select nd sew sem 4 s shown. c Press the sem llownce open nd ttch the zipper with sting stitch in the middle of ech side of the zipper tpe. The sem will e connected to the strting point of sem 1. Zipper Insertion Centered Zipper Use for gs nd other such pplictions. d Bsting stitches Zipper c Wrong side Remove presser foot J. Align the right side of the pin in zipper foot I with the presser foot holder, nd ttch the zipper foot. Select. For detils on ech stitch, refer to the STITCH SETTING CHART on pge S-67. Mke sure you sew using the middle needle position. Attch presser foot J nd sew stright stitches up to the zipper opening. Chnge to sting stitch (see pge S-28) nd sew to the top of the fric. Right Left c Needle drop position CAUTION When using zipper foot I, mke sure the stright stitch, middle needle position is selected. Rotte the hndwheel towrd you (counterclockwise) to mke sure the needle does not strike the presser foot. If nother stitch is selected, the needle will strike the presser foot, cusing the needle to rek nd possily cusing injury. Bsting stitches Reverse stitches c End of zipper opening d Wrong side S-64

135 SEWING THE STITCHES e Topstitch 7 mm to 10 mm (pprox. 1/4 inch to 3/8 inch) from the semed edge of the fric, then remove the sting. c Press the sem llownce open nd lign the folded hem long the teeth of the zipper, while mintining 3 mm (pprox. 1/8 inch) of sewing spce. S 2 Utility Stitches CAUTION Mke sure the needle does not strike the zipper during sewing. If the needle strikes the zipper, the needle my rek, leding to injury. Inserting Side Zipper Use for side zippers in skirts or dresses. Select. d e Zipper pull t Wrong side of fric c Zipper teeth d End of zipper opening e 3 mm (pprox. 1/8 inch) Remove presser foot J. Align the right side of the pin in zipper foot I with the presser foot holder, nd ttch the presser foot. Mke sure you sew using the middle needle position. Attch presser foot J nd sew stright stitches up to the zipper opening. Chnge to sting stitch nd sew to the top of the fric. Reverse stitches Wrong side of fric c Bsting stitches d End of zipper opening f Right Left c Needle drop position CAUTION When using zipper foot I, mke sure the stright stitch, middle needle position is selected. Rotte the hndwheel towrd you (counterclockwise) to mke sure the needle does not strike the presser foot. If nother stitch is selected, the needle will strike the presser foot, cusing the needle to rek nd possily cusing injury. Set the presser foot in the 3 mm (pprox. 1/8 inch) mrgin. Sewing S-65

136 SEWING THE STITCHES g h Strting from the end of the zipper opening, sew to point out 50 mm (pprox. 2 inches) from the edge of the fric, then stop the mchine. Pull down the zipper slider, then continue sewing to the edge of the fric. j Remove the presser foot, nd rettch it so tht the left side of the pin is ttched to the presser foot holder. * When sewing the left side of the zipper, the needle should drop on the right side of the presser foot. When sewing the right side of the zipper, the needle should drop on the left side of the presser foot. i 50 mm (pprox. 2 inches) 3 mm (pprox. 1/8 inch) CAUTION Mke sure the needle does not strike the zipper during sewing. If the needle strikes the zipper, the needle my rek, leding to injury. Close the zipper, turn the fric over, nd sew sting stitch. k l m Right Left c Needle drop position Set the fric so tht the left edge of the presser foot touches the edge of the zipper teeth. Sew reverse stitches t the top of the zipper, then continue sewing. Stop sewing out 50 mm (pprox. 2 inches) from the edge of the fric, leve the needle in the fric, nd remove the sting stitches. n Open the zipper nd sew the rest of the sem. Front of the skirt (wrong side of fric) Bsting stitches c Front of the skirt (right side of fric) d Bck of the skirt (right side of fric) Bsting stitches 7 mm to 10 mm (pprox. 1/4 inch to 3/8 inch) c Reverse stitches d 50 mm (pprox. 2 inches) S-66

137 STITCH SETTING CHART STITCH SETTING CHART The following chrt shows informtion for ech utility stitch concerning pplictions, stitch lengths, stitch widths, nd whether or not the twin needle mode cn e used. Stitch Stitch nme Presser foot Applictions Stitch width [mm (inch)] Stitch length [mm (inch)] Auto. Mnul Auto. Mnul Twin needle Stright stitch (Left) Generl sewing, gther, pintuck, etc. 0.0 (0) (0-1/4) 2.5 (3/32) (1/64-3/16) OK ( J ) Stright stitch (Left) Generl sewing, gther, pintuck, etc. 0.0 (0) (0-1/4) 2.5 (3/32) (1/64-3/16) OK ( J ) Stright stitch (Middle) Generl sewing, gther, pintuck, etc. 3.5 (1/8) (0-1/4) 2.5 (3/32) (1/64-3/16) OK ( J ) Stright stitch (Middle) Generl sewing, gther, pintuck, etc. 3.5 (1/8) (0-1/4) 2.5 (3/32) (1/64-3/16) OK ( J ) Triple stretch stitch Generl sewing for reinforcement nd decortive topstitching 0.0 (0) (0-1/4) 2.5 (3/32) (1/64-3/16) OK ( J ) Stem stitch Reinforced stitching, sewing nd decortive pplictions 1.0 (1/16) (0-1/4) 2.5 (3/32) (1/64-3/16) OK ( J ) Decortive stitch Decortive stitching, top stitching 0.0 (0) (0-1/4) 2.5 (3/32) (1/64-3/16) OK ( J ) Bsting stitch Bsting 0.0 (0) (0-1/4) 20 (3/4) 5-30 (3/16-1-3/16) NO Zigzg stitch For overcsting, mending. 3.5 (1/8) (0-1/4) 1.4 (1/16) (0-3/16) OK ( J ) Zigzg stitch For overcsting, mending. 3.5 (1/8) (0-1/4) 1.4 (1/16) (0-3/16) OK ( J ) Zigzg stitch (Right) Strt from right needle position, zigzg sew t left. 3.5 (1/8) (3/32-3/16) 1.4 (1/16) (1/64-3/16) OK ( J ) Zigzg stitch (Left) Strt from left needle position, zigzg sew t right. 3.5 (1/8) (3/32-3/16) 1.4 (1/16) (1/64-3/16) OK ( J ) 2 steps elstic zigzg Overcsting (medium weight nd stretch frics), tpe nd elstic 5.0 (3/16) (0-1/4) 1.0 (1/16) (1/64-3/16) OK ( J ) 3 steps elstic zigzg Overcsting (medium, hevyweight nd stretch frics), tpe nd elstic 5.0 (3/16) (0-1/4) 1.0 (1/16) (1/64-3/16) OK ( J ) Overcsting stitch Reinforcing of light nd medium weight frics 3.5 (1/8) (3/32-3/16) 2.0 (1/16) (1/64-3/16) NO Sewing S-67

138 STITCH SETTING CHART Stitch Stitch nme Presser foot Applictions Stitch width [mm (inch)] Stitch length [mm (inch)] Auto. Mnul Auto. Mnul Twin needle Overcsting stitch Reinforcing of hevyweight fric 5.0 (3/16) (3/32-3/16) 2.5 (3/32) (1/64-3/16) NO Overcsting stitch Reinforcing of medium, hevyweight nd esily frile frics or decortive stitching. 5.0 (3/16) (1/8-3/16) 2.5 (3/32) (1/64-3/16) NO Overcsting stitch Reinforced seming of stretch fric 5.0 (3/16) (0-1/4) 2.5 (3/32) (1/64-3/16) OK ( J ) Overcsting stitch Reinforcing of medium stretch fric nd hevyweight fric, decortive stitching 5.0 (3/16) (0-1/4) 2.5 (3/32) (1/64-3/16) OK ( J ) Overcsting stitch Reinforcement of stretch fric or decortive stitching 4.0 (3/16) (0-1/4) 4.0 (3/16) (1/64-3/16) OK ( J ) Overcsting stitch Stretch knit sem 5.0 (3/16) (0-1/4) 4.0 (3/16) (1/64-3/16) NO Single dimond overcst Reinforcement nd seming stretch fric 6.0 (15/64) (0-1/4) 3.0 (1/8) (1/64-3/16) OK ( J ) Single dimond overcst Reinforcement of stretch fric 6.0 (15/64) (0-1/4) 1.8 (1/16) (1/64-3/16) OK ( J ) With side cutter Stright stitch while cutting frics 0.0 (0) (0-3/32) 2.5 (3/32) (1/64-3/16) NO With side cutter Zigzg stitch while cutting frics 3.5 (1/8) (1/8-3/16) 1.4 (1/16) (0-3/16) NO With side cutter Overcsting stitch while cutting frics 3.5 (1/8) (1/8-3/16) 2.0 (1/16) (1/64-3/16) NO With side cutter Overcsting stitch while cutting frics 5.0 (3/16) (1/8-3/16) 2.5 (3/32) (1/64-3/16) NO With side cutter Overcsting stitch while cutting frics 5.0 (3/16) (1/8-3/16) 2.5 (3/32) (1/64-3/16) NO Piecing stitch (Right) Piecework/ptchwork 6.5 mm (pprox. 1/4 inch) left sem llownce 5.5 (7/32) (0-1/4) 2.0 (1/16) (1/64-3/16) NO Piecing stitch (Middle) Piecework/ptchwork 2.0 (1/16) (1/64-3/16) NO Piecing stitch (Left) Piecework/ptchwork 6.5 mm (pprox. 1/4 inch) left sem llownce 1.5 (1/16) (0-1/4) 2.0 (1/16) (1/64-3/16) NO Hnd-look quilting Quilting stitch mde to look like hnd quilting stitch 0.0 (0) (0-1/4) 2.5 (3/32) (1/64-3/16) NO Quilting ppliqué zigzg stitch Zigzg stitch for quilting nd sewing on ppliqué quilt pieces 3.5 (1/8) (0-1/4) 1.4 (1/16) (0-3/16) NO S-68

139 STITCH SETTING CHART Stitch Stitch nme Presser foot Applictions Stitch width [mm (inch)] Stitch length [mm (inch)] Auto. Mnul Auto. Mnul Twin needle Quilting ppliqué stitch Quilting stitch for invisile ppliqué or ttching inding 1.5 (1/16) (0-1/4) 1.8 (1/16) (1/64-3/16) NO Quilting stippling Bckground quilting 7.0 (1/4) (0-1/4) 1.6 (1/16) (1/64-3/16) NO Blind hem stitch Hemming woven frics (1/16) (1/64-3/16) NO Blind hem stitch stretch Hemming stretch fric (1/16) (1/64-3/16) NO Blnket stitch Appliqués, decortive lnket stitch 3.5 (1/8) (0-1/4) 2.5 (3/32) (1/64-3/16) OK ( J ) Shell tuck edge Shell tuck edge finish on frics 4.0 (3/16) (0-1/4) 2.5 (3/32) (1/64-3/16) OK ( J ) Stin scllop stitch Decorting collr of louse, edge of hndkerchief 5.0 (3/16) (0-1/4) 0.5 (1/32) (1/64-3/16) OK ( J ) Scllop stitch Decorting collr of louse, edge of hndkerchief 7.0 (1/4) (0-1/4) 1.4 (1/16) (1/64-3/16) NO Ptchwork join stitch Ptchwork stitches, decortive stitching 4.0 (3/16) (0-1/4) 1.2 (1/16) (1/64-3/16) OK ( J ) Ptchwork doule overlock stitch Ptchwork stitches, decortive stitching 5.0 (3/16) (0-1/4) 2.5 (3/32) (1/64-3/16) OK ( J ) Couching stitch Decortive stitching, ttching cord nd couching 5.0 (3/16) (0-1/4) 1.2 (1/16) (1/64-3/16) OK ( J ) Smocking stitch Smocking, decortive stitching 5.0 (3/16) (0-1/4) 1.6 (1/16) (1/64-3/16) OK ( J ) Fether stitch Fgoting, decortive stitching 5.0 (3/16) (0-1/4) 2.5 (3/32) (1/64-3/16) OK ( J ) Fgoting cross stitch Fgoting, ridging nd decortive stitching 5.0 (3/16) (0-1/4) 2.5 (3/32) (1/64-3/16) OK ( J ) Tpe ttching Attching tpe to sem in stretch fric 4.0 (3/16) (0-1/4) 1.0 (1/16) (1/64-3/16) OK ( J ) Ldder stitch Decortive stitching 4.0 (3/16) (0-1/4) 3.0 (1/8) (1/64-3/16) NO Rick-rck stitch Decortive top stitching 4.0 (3/16) (0-1/4) 2.5 (3/32) (1/64-3/16) OK ( J ) Decortive stitch Decortive stitching 5.5 (7/32) (0-1/4) 1.6 (1/16) (1/64-3/16) OK ( J ) Sewing S-69

140 STITCH SETTING CHART Stitch Stitch nme Presser foot Applictions Stitch width [mm (inch)] Stitch length [mm (inch)] Auto. Mnul Auto. Mnul Twin needle Serpentine stitch Decortive stitching nd ttching elstic 5.0 (3/16) (0-1/4) 1.0 (1/16) (1/64-3/16) OK ( J ) Decortive stitch Decortive stitching nd ppliqué 6.0 (15/64) (0-1/4) 1.0 (1/16) (1/64-3/16) OK ( J ) Decortive stippling stitch Decortive stitching 7.0 (1/4) (0-1/4) 1.6 (1/16) (1/64-3/16) NO Hemstitching Decortive hems, triple stright t left 1.0 (1/16) (0-1/4) 2.5 (3/32) (1/64-3/16) OK ( J ) Hemstitching Decortive hems, triple stright t center 3.5 (1/8) (0-1/4) 2.5 (3/32) (1/64-3/16) OK ( J ) Hemstitching zigzg Decortive hems, top stitching 6.0 (15/64) (0-1/4) 3.0 (1/8) (1/64-3/16) OK ( J ) Hemstitching Decortive hems, lce ttching pin stitch 3.5 (1/8) (0-1/4) 2.5 (3/32) (1/64-3/16) NO Hemstitching Decortive hems 3.0 (1/8) (0-1/4) 3.5 (1/8) (1/64-3/16) NO Hemstitching Decortive hems disy stitch 6.0 (15/64) (0-1/4) 3.0 (1/8) (1/64-3/16) NO Hemstitching Heirloom, decortive hems 5.0 (3/16) (0-1/4) 3.5 (1/8) (1/64-3/16) NO Hemstitching Heirloom, decortive hems 5.0 (3/16) (0-1/4) 3.5 (1/8) (1/64-3/16) NO Hemstitching Heirloom, decortive hems 5.0 (3/16) (0-1/4) 3.5 (1/8) (1/64-3/16) OK ( J ) Hemstitching Heirloom, decortive hems 5.0 (3/16) (0-1/4) 4.0 (3/16) (1/64-3/16) OK ( J ) Hemstitching Heirloom, decortive hems 4.0 (3/16) (0-1/4) 2.5 (3/32) (1/64-3/16) OK ( J ) Honeycom stitch Heirloom, decortive hems 5.0 (3/16) (0-1/4) 2.5 (3/32) (1/64-3/16) OK ( J ) Honeycom stitch Heirloom, decortive hems 6.0 (15/64) (0-1/4) 3.5 (1/8) (1/64-3/16) OK ( J ) Hemstitching Heirloom, decortive hems 6.0 (15/64) (0-1/4) 1.6 (1/16) (1/64-3/16) OK ( J ) Hemstitching Heirloom, decortive hems 6.0 (15/64) (0-1/4) 3.0 (1/8) (1/64-3/16) NO S-70

141 STITCH SETTING CHART Stitch Stitch nme Presser foot Applictions Stitch width [mm (inch)] Stitch length [mm (inch)] Auto. Mnul Auto. Mnul Twin needle Hemstitching Heirloom, decortive hems 6.0 (15/64) (0-1/4) 4.0 (3/16) (1/64-3/16) OK ( J ) Hemstitching Heirloom, decortive hems 4.0 (3/16) (0-1/4) 2.5 (3/32) (1/64-3/16) NO Hemstitching Heirloom, decortive hems 5.0 (3/16) (0-1/4) 2.0 (1/16) (1/64-3/16) OK ( J ) Hemstitching Decortive hems nd ridging stitch 6.0 (15/64) (0-1/4) 2.0 (1/16) (1/64-3/16) OK ( J ) Hemstitching Decortive hems. Fgoting, ttching rion 5.0 (3/16) (0-1/4) 3.0 (1/8) (1/64-3/16) OK ( J ) Hemstitching Decortive hems, smocking 6.0 (15/64) (0-1/4) 1.6 (1/16) (1/64-3/16) NO Hemstitching Decortive hems, smocking 5.0 (3/16) (0-1/4) 1.6 (1/16) (1/64-3/16) NO Nrrow rounded uttonhole Buttonhole on light to medium weight frics 5.0 (3/16) (1/8-3/16) 0.4 (1/64) (1/64-1/16) NO Wide round ended uttonhole Buttonholes with extr spce for lrger uttons 5.5 (7/32) (1/8-7/32) 0.4 (1/64) (1/64-1/16) NO Tpered round ended uttonhole Reinforced wist tpered uttonholes 5.0 (3/16) (1/8-3/16) 0.4 (1/64) (1/64-1/16) NO Round ended uttonhole Buttonholes with verticl r tck in hevyweight frics 5.0 (3/16) (1/8-3/16) 0.4 (1/64) (1/64-1/16) NO Round ended uttonhole Buttonholes with r tck 5.0 (3/16) (1/8-3/16) 0.4 (1/64) (1/64-1/16) NO Round doule ended uttonhole Buttonholes for fine, medium to hevyweight frics 5.0 (3/16) (1/8-3/16) 0.4 (1/64) (1/64-1/16) NO Nrrow squred uttonhole Buttonholes for light to medium weight frics 5.0 (3/16) (1/8-3/16) 0.4 (1/64) (1/64-1/16) NO Wide squred uttonhole Buttonholes with extr spce for lrger decortive uttons 5.5 (7/32) (1/8-7/32) 0.4 (1/64) (1/64-1/16) NO Stretch uttonhole Buttonholes for stretch or woven frics 6.0 (15/64) (1/8-15/64) 1.0 (1/16) (1/32-1/16) NO Heirloom uttonhole Buttonholes for heirloom nd stretch frics 6.0 (15/64) (1/8-15/64) 1.5 (1/16) (1/16-1/8) NO Bound uttonhole The first step in mking ound uttonholes 5.0 (3/16) (0-15/64) 2.0 (1/16) (1/64-3/16) NO Sewing S-71

142 STITCH SETTING CHART Stitch Stitch nme Presser foot Applictions Stitch width [mm (inch)] Stitch length [mm (inch)] Auto. Mnul Auto. Mnul Twin needle Keyhole uttonhole Buttonholes in hevyweight or thick frics for lrger flt uttons 7.0 (1/4) (1/8-1/4) 0.5 (1/32) (1/64-1/16) NO Tpered keyhole uttonhole Buttonholes in medium to hevy weight frics for lrger flt uttons 7.0 (1/4) (1/8-1/4) 0.5 (1/32) (1/64-1/16) NO Keyhole uttonhole Buttonholes with verticl r tck for reinforcement in hevyweight or thick frics 7.0 (1/4) (1/8-1/4) 0.5 (1/32) (1/64-1/16) NO Drning Drning of medium weight fric 7.0 (1/4) (3/32-1/4) 2.0 (1/16) (1/64-3/32) NO Drning Drning of hevyweight fric 7.0 (1/4) (3/32-1/4) 2.0 (1/16) (1/64-3/32) NO Br tck Reinforcement t opening of pocket, etc. 2.0 (1/16) (1/16-1/8) 0.4 (1/64) (1/64-1/16) NO Button sewing Attching uttons 3.5 (1/8) (3/32-3/16) NO Eyelet Digonlly left up (Stright) For mking eyelets, holes on elts, etc. 7.0 (1/4) For ttching ppliqué on tuulr pieces of fric nd mitering corners (1/4 15/64 3/16) 7.0 (1/4) (1/4 15/64 3/16) NO NO Reverse (Stright) Digonlly right up (Stright) For ttching ppliqué on tuulr pieces of fric nd mitering corners For ttching ppliqué on tuulr pieces of fric nd mitering corners NO NO Sidewys to left (Stright) For ttching ppliqué on tuulr pieces of fric NO Sidewys to right (Stright) For ttching ppliqué on tuulr pieces of fric NO Digonlly left down (Stright) Forwrd (Stright) Digonlly right down (Stright) For ttching ppliqué on tuulr pieces of fric nd mitering corners For ttching ppliqué on tuulr pieces of fric nd mitering corners For ttching ppliqué on tuulr pieces of fric nd mitering corners NO NO NO Sidewys to left (Zigzg) For ttching ppliqué on tuulr pieces of fric NO Sidewys to right (Zigzg) For ttching ppliqué on tuulr pieces of fric NO S-72

143 STITCH SETTING CHART Stitch Stitch nme Presser foot Applictions Stitch width [mm (inch)] Stitch length [mm (inch)] Auto. Mnul Auto. Mnul Twin needle Forwrd (Zigzg) Reverse (Zigzg) For ttching ppliqué on tuulr pieces of fric nd mitering corners For ttching ppliqué on tuulr pieces of fric nd mitering corners NO NO Piecing stitch (Middle) Piecework/ptchwork 2.0 (1/16) (1/64-3/16) NO Piecing stitch (Right) Piecework/ptchwork 6.5 mm (pprox. 1/4 inch) right sem llownce 5.50 (7/32) (0-1/4) 2.0 (1/16) (1/64-3/16) NO Piecing stitch (Left) Piecework/ptchwork 6.5 mm (pprox. 1/4 inch) left sem llownce 1.50 (1/16) (0-1/4) 2.0 (1/16) (1/64-3/16) NO Hnd-look quilting Quilting stitch mde to look like hnd quilting stitch 3.50 (1/8) (0-1/4) 2.5 (3/32) (1/64-3/16) NO Bsting stitch Bsting 3.50 (1/8) (0-1/4) 20 (3/4) 5-30 (3/16-1-3/16) NO Stem stitch Reinforced stitching, sewing nd decortive pplictions 1.00 (1/16) (0-1/4) 2.5 (3/32) (1/64-3/16) NO Quilting ppliqué zigzg stitch Zigzg stitch for quilting nd sewing on ppliqué quilt pieces 3.50 (1/8) (0-1/4) 1.6 (1/16) (0-3/16) NO Zigzg stitch (Right) Strt from right needle position, zigzg sew t left 3.50 (1/8) (3/32-3/16) 1.6 (1/16) (1/64-3/16) NO Zigzg stitch (Left) Strt from left needle position, zigzg sew t right 3.50 (1/8) (3/32-3/16) 1.6 (1/16) (1/64-3/16) NO 2 steps elstic zigzg Overcsting (medium weight nd stretch frics), tpe nd elstic 5.00 (3/16) (0-1/4) 1.0 (1/16) (1/64-3/16) NO 3 steps elstic zigzg Overcsting (medium, hevyweight nd stretch frics), tpe nd elstic 5.00 (3/16) (0-1/4) 1.0 (1/16) (1/64-3/16) NO Quilting ppliqué stitch Quilting stitch for invisile ppliqué or ttching inding 2.00 (1/16) (0-1/4) 2.0 (1/16) (1/64-3/16) NO Shell tuck edge Shell tuck edge finish on frics 4.00 (3/16) (0-1/4) 2.5 (3/32) (1/64-3/16) NO Blnket stitch Appliqués, decortive lnket stitch 3.50 (1/8) (0-1/4) 2.5 (3/32) (1/64-3/16) NO Quilting stippling Bckground quilting 7.00 (1/4) (0-1/4) 1.6 (1/16) (1/64-3/16) NO Overcsting stitch Stretch knit sem 5.00 (3/16) (0-1/4) 4.0 (3/16) (1/64-3/16) NO Sewing S-73

144 STITCH SETTING CHART Stitch Stitch nme Presser foot Applictions Stitch width [mm (inch)] Stitch length [mm (inch)] Auto. Mnul Auto. Mnul Twin needle Tpe ttching Attching tpe to sem in stretch fric 5.50 (7/32) (0-1/4) 1.4 (1/16) (1/64-3/16) NO Serpentine stitch Decortive stitching nd ttching elstic 5.00 (3/16) (0-1/4) 2.0 (1/16) (1/64-3/16) NO Fether stitch Fgoting, decortive stitching 5.00 (3/16) (0-1/4) 2.5 (3/32) (1/64-3/16) NO Fgoting cross stitch Fgoting, ridging nd decortive stitching 5.00 (3/16) (0-1/4) 2.5 (3/32) (1/64-3/16) NO Couching stitch Decortive stitching, ttching cord nd couching 5.00 (3/16) (0-1/4) 1.2 (1/16) (1/64-3/16) NO Ptchwork doule overlock stitch Ptchwork stitches, decortive stitching 5.00 (3/16) (0-1/4) 2.5 (3/32) (1/64-3/16) NO Smocking stitch Smocking, decortive stitching 5.00 (3/16) (0-1/4) 1.6 (1/16) (1/64-3/16) NO Rick-rck stitch Decortive top stitching 4.00 (3/16) (0-1/4) 2.5 (3/32) (1/64-3/16) NO Decortive stitch Decortive stitching nd ppliqué 6.00 (15/64) (0-1/4) 1.0 (1/16) (1/64-3/16) NO Decortive stitch Decortive stitching 5.50 (7/32) (0-1/4) 1.6 (1/16) (1/64-3/16) NO Hemstitching Heirloom, decortive hems 5.00 (3/16) (0-1/4) 2.0 (1/16) (1/64-3/16) NO Hemstitching Decortive hems nd ridging stitch 6.00 (15/64) (0-1/4) 2.0 (1/16) (1/64-3/16) NO Single dimond overcst Reinforcement nd seming stretch fric 6.00 (15/64) (0-1/4) 3.0 (1/8) (1/64-3/16) NO Overcsting stitch Reinforcement of stretch fric or decortive stitching 4.00 (3/16) (0-1/4) 4.0 (3/16) (1/64-3/16) NO S-74

145 STITCH SETTING CHART S 2 Utility Stitches Sewing S-75

146 S Sewing Chpter 3 Chrcter/Decortive Stitches SELECTING STITCH PATTERNS...77 Selecting Decortive Stitch Ptterns/7mm Decortive Stitch Ptterns/Stin Stitch Ptterns/7mm Stin Stitch Ptterns/Cross Stitch/Utility Decortive Stitch Ptterns...78 Chrcters...78 Deleting Chrcters Adjusting the Chrcter Spcing SEWING STITCH PATTERNS...81 Sewing Attrctive Finishes...81 Bsic Sewing...81 Mking Adjustments...82 EDITING STITCH PATTERNS...84 Key Functions Chnging the Size...86 Chnging the Length (for 7mm Stin Stitch Ptterns Only)...86 Creting Verticl Mirror Imge...86 Creting Horizontl Mirror Imge...86 Sewing Pttern Continuously...86 Chnging Thred Density (for Stin Stitch Ptterns Only)...87 Returning to the Beginning of the Pttern...87 Checking the Imge...88 COMBINING STITCH PATTERNS...89 Before Comining...89 Comining Vrious Stitch Ptterns...89 Comining Lrge nd Smll Stitch Ptterns...90 Comining Horizontl Mirror Imge Stitch Ptterns...91 Comining Stitch Ptterns of Different Length...91 Mking Step Stitch Ptterns (for 7mm Stin Stitch Ptterns Only)...92 More Exmples USING THE MEMORY FUNCTION Stitch Dt Precutions...94 Types of Stitch Dt tht cn e Used Types of USB Devices/Medi tht cn e Used Computers nd Operting Systems with the Following Specifictions cn e Used Precutions on Using the Computer to Crete nd Sve Dt Sving Stitch Ptterns in the Mchine s ry...95 If the ry is Full Sving Stitch Ptterns to USB Medi...96 Sving Stitch Ptterns in the Computer...97 Retrieving Stitch Ptterns from the Mchine s ry...98 Reclling from USB Medi...99 Reclling from the Computer...100

147 SELECTING STITCH PATTERNS SELECTING STITCH PATTERNS Press to disply the screen elow. There re 7 ctegories of Chrcter/Decortive stitch ptterns. S 3 d g j k c e f h i l Chrcter/Decortive Stitches Decortive stitch ptterns 7mm decortive stitch ptterns. You cn set stitch length nd width. c Stin stitch ptterns d 7mm stin stitch ptterns. You cn set stitch length nd width. e Cross stitch f Utility decortive stitch ptterns g Chrcters (Gothic font, Hndwriting font, Outline, Cyrillic font, Jpnese font) h Press this key to crete your own stitches with the MY CUSTOM STITCH function (see pge S-102) i Ptterns stored in MY CUSTOM STITCH (see pge S-102) j Ptterns sved in the mchine s memory (see pge S-98) k Ptterns sved in USB medi (see pge S-99) l Ptterns sved on the computer (see pge S-100). If the screen is locked ( ), unlock the screen y pressing. While the screen is locked, no other key cn e operted. Sewing S-77

148 SELECTING STITCH PATTERNS Selecting Decortive Stitch Ptterns/7mm Decortive Stitch Ptterns/Stin Stitch Ptterns/7mm Stin Stitch Ptterns/Cross Stitch/Utility Decortive Stitch Ptterns Chrcters Exmple: Entering Blue Sky. Press. Select the ctegory of the pttern you wnt to sew. Press the key of the stitch pttern you wnt to sew. * Press to view the next pge. * Press to view the previous pge. * Touch the r tht ppers etween nd to lep multiple pges t one time. * To select different stitch pttern, press. When the current stitch pttern is ersed, select the new stitch pttern. Press,,, or to select font. c There re four fonts for lphet chrcter stitching, nd font for Jpnese chrcter stitching. Refer to the Quick Reference Guide for the detils out the different font selections ville. Press t to chnge the selection screens. The selected pttern is displyed. S-78

149 SELECTING STITCH PATTERNS d Press nd then enter B. h Press nd then enter ky. S 3 e Press nd then enter lue. * If you wnt to continue entering chrcters in different font, press, nd then repet from step. Deleting Chrcters Chrcter/Decortive Stitches Press to delete the lst chrcter. f Press to enter spce. g Press gin nd enter S. Chrcters re deleted individully strting with the lst chrcter entered. Select the correct chrcter. * Continully press nd ll chrcters will e deleted. Spce is jumping stitch * Remove the jumping stitches fter sewing. Sewing S-79

150 SELECTING STITCH PATTERNS Adjusting the Chrcter Spcing The spce etween the chrcters cn e djusted. Press. * Press to disply on the screen. Press or to djust chrcter spcing. * Press to increse the chrcter spcing nd The chrcter spcing window ppers. press Exmple: to decrese the chrcter spcing. * Ech setting equls specific distnce etween chrcters. Vlue mm The defult setting is 0. No numer less thn 0 cn e set. Chnging chrcter spcing y this method, pertins to ll chrcters. Spcing chnges re vlid not only while entering chrcters ut lso efore nd fter the entering of chrcters. S-80

151 SEWING STITCH PATTERNS SEWING STITCH PATTERNS Sewing Attrctive Finishes To chieve ttrctive results when sewing chrcter/decortive stitches, check the tle elow for the proper fric/thred/needle comintions. Other fctors, such s fric thickness, stilizer mteril, etc., lso hve n effect on the stitch, so you should lwys sew few tril stitches efore eginning your project. When sewing stin stitch ptterns, there my e shrinking or unching of stitches, so e sure to ttch stilizer mteril. Guide the fric with your hnd to keep the fric feeding stright nd even during sewing. Fric When sewing on stretch frics, lightweight frics, or frics with corse weves, ttch stilizer on the wrong side of the fric. If you do not wish to do so, plce the fric on thin pper such s trcing pper. S 3 Chrcter/Decortive Stitches Fric Stilizer c Thin pper Thred #50 - #60 Needle With lightweight, regulr, or stretch frics: the Bll point needle (golden colored) 90/14 With hevyweight frics: home sewing mchine needle 90/14 Presser foot Monogrmming foot N. Using nother presser foot my give inferior results. Bsic Sewing d Press the Strt/Stop utton to strt sewing. Select stitch pttern. Attch monogrmming foot N. c Plce the fric under the presser foot, pull the upper thred out to the side, nd then lower the presser foot. CAUTION When sewing 7 mm stin stitch ptterns nd the stitches re unched, lengthen the stitch length. If you continue sewing when the stitches re unched, the needle my end or rek ( Setting the Stitch Length on pge S-10). Sewing S-81

152 SEWING STITCH PATTERNS e f If the fric is pulled or pushed during sewing, the pttern my not turn out correctly. Also, depending on the pttern, there my e movement to the left nd right s well s front nd ck. Guide the fric with your hnd to keep the fric feeding stright nd even during sewing. Press the Strt/Stop utton to stop sewing. Press the Reverse Stitch utton or Reinforcement Stitch utton to sew reinforcement stitches. When sewing some ptterns, the needle will temporrily puse in the rised position while the fric is fed due to the opertion of the needle r seprtion mechnism which is used in this mchine. At such times, clicking sound different from the sound generted during sewing will e herd. This sound is norml nd is not the sign of mlfunction. Mking Adjustments Your stitch pttern my sometimes turn out poorly, depending on the type or thickness of fric, the stilizer mteril used, sewing speed, etc. If your sewing does not turn out well, sew tril stitches using the sme conditions s the rel sewing, nd djust the stitch pttern s explined elow. If the pttern does not turn out well even fter mking djustments sed on the pttern, mke djustments for ech pttern individully. When sewing chrcter stitches, the mchine utomticlly sews reinforcement stitches t the eginning nd end of ech chrcter. Press nd select on 19/21. When sewing is completed, trim ny excess thred etween letters. S-82

153 Attch monogrmming foot N nd sew the pttern. * If the pttern is unched: Press SEWING STITCH PATTERNS in the Fine Adjust Verti. disply. The displyed vlue increses ech time the utton is pressed nd the pttern will lengthen. S 3 c Compre the finished pttern to the illustrtion of the correct pttern elow. * If the pttern hs gps: Press in the Fine Adjust Verti. disply. The displyed vlue decreses ech time the utton is pressed nd the pttern will shorten. Chrcter/Decortive Stitches * If the pttern is skewed to the left: Press in the Fine Adjust Horiz. disply. d Press, nd then djust the pttern with the Fine Adjust Verti. or Fine Adjust Horiz. displys. The displyed vlue increses ech time the utton is pressed nd the pttern will slide to the right. * If the pttern is skewed to the right: Press in the Fine Adjust Horiz. disply. The displyed vlue decreses ech time the utton is pressed nd the pttern will slide to the left. Sew the stitch pttern gin. e * If the stitch pttern still comes out poorly, mke djustments gin. Adjust until the stitch pttern comes out correctly. You cn sew with the setting screen on the disply. f Press to return to the originl screen. Sewing S-83

154 EDITING STITCH PATTERNS EDITING STITCH PATTERNS Key Functions You cn crete just the finish you wnt using the editing functions. Mke ptterns lrger or smller, mke mirror imges, etc. Some editing functions cnnot e used with certin stitch ptterns. Only the functions for the displyed keys re ville when pttern is selected. t s r q c d e f k j i l p o n m g h w v u No. Disply Key Nme Explntion Pge Pttern disply size Show the pproximte size of the pttern selected. S-21 : Nerly the sme size s the sewn pttern : 1/2 the size of the sewn pttern : 1/4 the size of the sewn pttern * The ctul size of the sewn pttern my differ depending on the type of fric nd thred tht is used. S-84

155 EDITING STITCH PATTERNS No. Disply Key Nme Explntion Pge Pivot key Press this key to select the pivot setting. When the pivot setting is selected, stopping the mchine lowers the needle nd slightly rises the presser foot utomticlly. In ddition, when sewing is restrted, the presser foot is utomticlly lowered. If this key ppers s, the pivot function cnnot e used. Be sure the Needle Position - UP/DOWN of Mchine Settings is set to the down position. c Free motion mode key Press this key to enter free motion sewing mode. The feed dog is lowered nd presser foot is rised to height pproprite for free motion quilting. d e f g Automtic reinforcement stitch key Automtic thred cutting key S-15 S-40 Press this key to turn on the utomtic reinforcement stitching mode. S-5 Press this key to turn on the utomtic thred cutting mode. S-14 Horizontl mirror imge key After selecting the stitch pttern, use this key to crete horizontl mirror imge of the stitch pttern. Stitch width nd stitch length key Shows the stitch width nd stitch length of the selected stitch pttern. The mchine defult settings re highlighted. S-86 S-10 to S-12 S 3 Chrcter/Decortive Stitches h Thred tension key Shows the thred tension setting for the selected stitch pttern. The mchine defult settings re highlighted S-12 i ry key Use this key to sve stitch pttern comintions. S-95 to S-96 j Elongtion key When 7mm stin stitch ptterns re selected, press this key to choose from 5 utomtic length settings, without chnging the stitch zigzg width or stitch length settings. S-86 k Needle mode selection key (Single/Doule) Press this key to choose single needle sewing or twin needle sewing. Bsic opertions l Size selection key Use this key to select the size of the stitch pttern (lrge, smll). S-86 m Imge key Press this key to disply n enlrged imge of the selected stitch pttern. n Verticl mirror imge key After selecting the stitch pttern, use this key to crete verticl mirror imge of the stitch pttern. o Thred density key After selecting the stitch pttern, use this key to chnge the thred density of the pttern. p Delete key When you mke mistke selecting stitch pttern, use this key to delete the mistke. When you mke mistke in comining stitch ptterns, use this key to delete stitch ptterns. q Single/Repet sewing key Press this key to choose single stitches or continuous stitches. S-86 S-88 S-86 S-87 S-78, S-79 r Bck to eginning key When sewing is stopped, press this key to return to the eginning of the pttern. s Home pge screen key (For emroidery nd sewing mchine only) Press this key to return to the home pge screen. t Screen lock key Press this key to lock the screen. When the screen is locked, the vrious settings, such s the stitch width nd stitch length, re locked nd cnnot e chnged. Press this key gin to unlock the settings. u L/R SHIFT key Press to shift the stitch pttern to the right or press to shift the pttern to the left. This feture is not ville on ll ptterns. Only those pplicle will e shifted. The mchine defult setting is highlighted. v Chrcter spcing key Press this key to chnge the spcing of chrcter ptterns. S-80 S-87 S-18 S-11 w Function pge key Press this key to show ll the functions ville in this screen. S-80 Sewing S-85

156 EDITING STITCH PATTERNS Chnging the Size Select stitch pttern, then press to chnge the size of the stitch pttern. The stitch pttern will e sewn in the size highlighted on the key. Creting Verticl Mirror Imge To crete verticl mirror imge, select stitch pttern then press. If you continue entering stitch ptterns fter chnging the size, those ptterns will lso e sewn in tht size. You cnnot chnge the size of comined stitch ptterns once the stitch pttern is entered. Actul Stitch Pttern Size * The size differs depending on the fric nd threds. Creting Horizontl Mirror Imge To crete horizontl mirror imge, select stitch pttern then press. Chnging the Length (for 7mm Stin Stitch Ptterns Only) When 7mm stin stitch ptterns re selected, press to choose from 5 utomtic length settings, without chnging the stitch zigzg width or stitch length settings. Sewing Pttern Continuously Press to select continuous sewing or single stitch sewing. S-86

157 EDITING STITCH PATTERNS To finish complete motif while sewing the pttern continuously, you cn press the key while sewing. The mchine will utomticlly stop when the motif is finished. Returning to the Beginning of the Pttern When sewing chrcter/decortive stitches, you cn return to the eginning of the pttern fter tril sewing or when the stitching is sewn incorrectly. S 3 Chnging Thred Density (for Stin Stitch Ptterns Only) After selecting stin stitch pttern, press select your preferred thred density. to Press the Strt/Stop utton to stop the mchine, nd then press. Chrcter/Decortive Stitches Sewing returns to the eginning of the selected pttern ( W ) from the point where sewing ws stopped. If this key is pressed when sewing is stopped, ptterns cn e dded t the end of comined stitch pttern. (In this exmple,! is dded.) CAUTION If the stitches unch when thred density is chnged to, return the thred density to. If you continue sewing when the stitches re unched, the needle my end or rek. Even if you select new pttern fter chnging the thred density, the thred density remins the sme until you chnge it. You cnnot chnge thred density for comined pttern fter dditionl ptterns re dded. Press the Strt/Stop utton to continue sewing. Sewing S-87

158 EDITING STITCH PATTERNS Checking the Imge You cn disply n pproximte size imge of the selected stitch pttern. You cn lso check nd chnge the colors of the imge on the screen. Use / / / to view ny prt of d the imge tht extends out of the viewle disply re. Press. An imge of the selected pttern is displyed. Press to chnge the thred color in the imge to red, lue, or lck. e Press to return to the originl screen. The color chnges every time you press the utton. You cn lso sew from this screen when the presser foot symol is displyed. Imge of some ptterns will disply in defult size only. c Press to disply the enlrged imge. S-88

159 COMBINING STITCH PATTERNS COMBINING STITCH PATTERNS You cn comine mny vrieties of stitch ptterns, such s chrcter stitches, cross stitches, stin stitches, or stitches you design with MY CUSTOM STITCH function (see pge S-102 for informtion out MY CUSTOM STITCH ). You cn lso comine stitch ptterns of different sizes, mirror imge stitch ptterns nd others. S 3 Before Comining Single stitch sewing is utomticlly selected for sewing comined ptterns. If you wnt to sew the pttern continuously, press fter finishing the stitch pttern comintion. When chnging sizes, creting mirror imges, or mking other djustments to comined stitch pttern, e sure to edit the selected stitch pttern efore selecting the next one. You cnnot edit stitch pttern once the next stitch pttern is selected. Comining Vrious Stitch Ptterns Select. Chrcter/Decortive Stitches Exmple: c Press. Press. The disply returns to the stitch selection screen. d Press. Sewing S-89

160 COMBINING STITCH PATTERNS e Select. Press. The lrge size stitch will e selected. Press gin, then press to select the smll size. f Press to sew the pttern continuously. g Press. The pttern is displyed in smller size. c Press to sew continuously. Ptterns re deleted individully strting with the lst pttern entered y pressing. Comining Lrge nd Smll Stitch Ptterns The entered pttern is repeted. Exmple: S-90

161 COMBINING STITCH PATTERNS Comining Horizontl Mirror Imge Stitch Ptterns Exmple: Comining Stitch Ptterns of Different Length Exmple: S 3 Chrcter/Decortive Stitches Press. Press, then press once. The length of the imge is set to. Press gin, then press. Select gin, then press 3 times. The pttern is flipped long verticl xis. c Press. The length of the imge is set to. The entered pttern is repeted. Sewing S-91

162 COMBINING STITCH PATTERNS c Press. Exmple: Press. Press. The entered pttern is repeted. Mking Step Stitch Ptterns (for 7mm Stin Stitch Ptterns Only) You cn use the keys with 7mm stin stitch ptterns to crete step effect. Stitch ptterns sewn so tht they crete step effect re clled step stitch ptterns. * Press to move the stitch pttern distnce equl to hlf of the stitch pttern s size to the left. The next stitch pttern will move to the right. c Press gin. * Press to move the stitch pttern distnce equl to hlf of the stitch pttern s size to the right. d Press. The next stitch pttern will move to the left. S-92

163 COMBINING STITCH PATTERNS e Press. Press. S 3 The entered pttern is repeted. More Exmples Press. Chrcter/Decortive Stitches Press. Press. Sewing S-93

164 USING THE MEMORY FUNCTION USING THE MEMORY FUNCTION Stitch Dt Precutions Oserve the following precutions when using stitch dt other thn tht creted nd sved in this mchine. Types of Stitch Dt tht cn e Used In the Chrcter/Decortive Stitch memory,.pmv,.pmx nd.pmu stitch dt files cn e used with this mchine..pmu stitch dt files cn e retrieved; however, when the mchine is used to sve the file, it is sved s.pmv stitch dt file. Using dt other thn tht creted using this mchine or the mchine which crete.pmu dt file, my cuse the mchine to mlfunction. Types of USB Devices/Medi tht cn e Used Stitch dt cn e sved to or reclled from USB externl medi. Use externl medi tht meets the following specifictions. USB Flsh drive (USB Flsh memory) USB Floppy disk drive Stitch dt cn e reclled only from; USB CD-ROM, CD-R, CD-RW drives You cn lso use the following types of medi with the USB ry Crd Reder/USB crd writer module. Secure Digitl (SD) Crd CompctFlsh ry Stick Smrt Medi Multi Medi Crd (MMC) xd-picture Crd Some USB medi my not e usle with this mchine. Plese visit our wesite for more detils. The ccess lmp will egin linking fter inserting USB Devices/Medi, nd it will tke out 5 to 6 seconds to recognize the Devices/Medi. (Time will differ depending on the USB Device/Medi). To crete file folders, use computer. Computers nd Operting Systems with the Following Specifictions cn e Used Comptile models: IBM PC with USB port s stndrd equipment IBM PC-comptile computer equipped with USB port s stndrd equipment Comptile operting systems: Microsoft Windows XP, Windows Vist, Windows 7, Windows 8 Precutions on Using the Computer to Crete nd Sve Dt If the nme of the stitch dt file/folder cnnot e identified, for exmple, ecuse the nme contins specil chrcters, the file/folder is not displyed. If this occurs, chnge the nme of the file/folder. We recommend using the 26 letters of the lphet (uppercse nd lowercse), the numers 0 through 9, -, nd _. Stitch dt in folder creted in USB medi cn e retrieved. Do not crete folders in Removle Disk on computer. If stitch dt is stored in folder in Removle Disk, tht stitch dt cnnot e retrieved y the mchine. S-94

165 USING THE MEMORY FUNCTION Sving Stitch Ptterns in the Mchine s ry You cn sve often used stitch ptterns in the mchine s memory. A totl of out 511 KB of stitch ptterns cn e sved in the mchine s memory. Do not turn the min power to OFF while the Sving screen is displyed. You will lose the stitch pttern you re sving. It tkes few seconds to sve stitch pttern. See pge S-98 for informtion on retrieving sved stitch pttern. If the ry is Full If the following screen ppers while you re trying to sve pttern on the mchine s memory, the memory is too full to hold the currently selected stitch pttern. To sve the stitch pttern in the mchine s memory, you hve to delete previously sved stitch pttern. Press. * Press to return to the originl screen without sving. S 3 Chrcter/Decortive Stitches Press. Choose stitch pttern to delete. * Press if you decide not to delete the stitch pttern. Press. * Press to return to the originl screen without sving. Pockets holding sved stitch ptterns The Sving screen is displyed. When the pttern is sved, the disply returns to the originl screen utomticlly. Sewing S-95

166 USING THE MEMORY FUNCTION c Press. Sving Stitch Ptterns to USB Medi When sending stitch ptterns from the mchine to USB medi, plug the USB medi into the mchine s top USB port. A confirmtion messge ppers. d Press. * If you decide not to delete the stitch pttern, press. USB medi is commercilly ville, ut some USB medi my not e usle with this mchine. Plese visit our wesite for more detils. Depending on the type of USB medi eing used, either directly plug the USB device into the mchine s USB port or plug the USB medi Reder/Writer into the mchine s USB port. The USB medi cn e inserted or removed t ny time except when sving or deleting. Press. The mchine deletes the stitch pttern, then utomticlly sves the new stitch pttern. S-96

167 USING THE MEMORY FUNCTION Insert the USB medi into the USB port on the mchine. USB port for mouse/medi (USB 2.0) USB medi The processing speed my vry y quntity of dt. c Press. * Press to return to the originl screen without sving. Sving Stitch Ptterns in the Computer Using the included USB cle, the mchine cn e connected to your computer, nd the stitch ptterns cn e temporrily retrieved from nd sved in the Removle Disk folder in your computer. A totl of out 772 KB of stitch ptterns cn e sved in the Removle Disk, ut the sved stitch ptterns re deleted when the mchine is turned OFF. Do not turn the min power to OFF while the Sving screen is displyed. You will lose the stitch pttern you re sving. Plug the USB cle connector into the corresponding USB ports for the computer nd for the mchine. Turn on your computer nd select Computer (My computer). * The USB cle cn e plugged into the USB ports on the computer nd mchine whether or not they re turned on. S 3 Chrcter/Decortive Stitches The Sving screen is displyed. When the pttern is sved, the disply returns to the originl screen utomticlly. Do not insert or remove USB medi while Sving screen is displyed. You will lose some or ll of the pttern you re sving. USB port for computer USB cle connector The Removle Disk icon will pper in Computer (My computer) on the computer. The connectors on the USB cle cn only e inserted into port in one direction. If it is difficult to insert the connector, do not insert it with force nd check the orienttion of the connector. For detils on the position of the USB port on the computer (or USB hu), refer to the instruction mnul for the corresponding equipment. Sewing S-97

168 USING THE MEMORY FUNCTION c Press. Retrieving Stitch Ptterns from the Mchine s ry Press. The pocket selection screen ppers. d Press. * Press to return to the originl screen without sving. Choose stitch pttern to retrieve. * If the entire sved stitch pttern is not displyed, press the thumnil. * Press to return to the originl screen without sving. e The stitch pttern will e temporrily sved to Removle Disk under Computer (My computer). Select the stitch pttern s.pmv file nd copy the file to the computer. Sved stitch ptterns c Press. * Press to delete the stitch pttern. Do not turn off the mchine while the Sving screen is showing. You my lose the dt. The selected stitch pttern is retrieved nd the sewing screen will e displyed. S-98

169 USING THE MEMORY FUNCTION Reclling from USB Medi You cn recll specific stitch pttern from either direct USB medi or folder in the USB medi. If the stitch pttern is in folder, check ech folder to find the stitch pttern. Insert the USB Medi into the USB port on the mchine (see pge S-96). c Press when there is sufolder to sort two or more stitch ptterns to USB medi, the stitch pttern in the sufolder is displyed. * Press to return to the originl screen without reclling. S 3 Chrcter/Decortive Stitches Stitch ptterns nd sufolder within folder re displyed. Select the folder to disply the ptterns in it. USB port for mouse/medi (USB 2.0) USB medi Press. Stitch ptterns nd folder in top folder re displyed. c d Folder nme Stitch ptterns in folder show only the first pttern of ny comined ptterns. c Pth * Press to return to the previous folder. * Use the computer to crete folders. Folders cnnot e creted with the mchine. Press the key of the stitch pttern you wnt to recll. Sewing S-99

170 USING THE MEMORY FUNCTION e Press. c Move/copy the pttern dt to Removle Disk. * Press to delete the stitch pttern. The pttern will e deleted from the USB medi. Stitch pttern dt in Removle Disk is written to the mchine. The selected stitch pttern is reclled nd the sewing screen will e displyed. Reclling from the Computer Plug the USB cle connector into the corresponding USB ports for the computer nd for the mchine (see pge S-97). While dt is eing written, do not disconnect the USB cle. Do not crete folders within Removle Disk. Since folders re not displyed, stitch pttern dt within folders cnnot e reclled. d Press. On the computer, open Computer (My computer) then go to Removle Disk. e The stitch ptterns in the computer re displyed on the selection screen. Press the key of the stitch pttern you wnt to recll. * Press to return to the originl screen without reclling. S-100

171 USING THE MEMORY FUNCTION f Press. * Press to delete the stitch pttern. The pttern will e deleted from the Removle Disk folder in your computer. S 3 The selected stitch pttern is reclled nd the sewing screen will e displyed. Chrcter/Decortive Stitches The pttern reclled from the computer is only temporrily written to the mchine. It is ersed from the mchine when the mchine is turned off. If you wish to keep the stitch pttern, store it in the mchine ( Sving Stitch Ptterns in the Mchine s ry on pge S-95). Sewing S-101

172 S Sewing Chpter 4 MY CUSTOM STITCH DESIGNING A STITCH ENTERING STITCH DATA Key Functions Moving Point Moving Prt or All of the Design Inserting New Points USING STORED CUSTOM STITCHES Storing Custom Stitches in Your List If the ry is Full Retrieving Stored Stitches...111

173 DESIGNING A STITCH DESIGNING A STITCH By using the MY CUSTOM STITCH function, you cn register stitches you hve creted yourself. You cn lso sew designs comining MY CUSTOM STITCH cretions with uilt-in chrcters (see pge S-89). Stitches tht you crete with MY CUSTOM STITCH cn e mximum of 7 mm (pprox. 9/32 inch) wide nd 37 mm (pprox. 1-1/3 inches) long. Stitches cn e designed more esily with MY CUSTOM STITCH if you first drw the stitch on the included grid sheet. Decide the spcing of the stitch. * By djusting the spcing of stitch, you cn crete vrious ptterns with one stitch. S 4 MY CUSTOM STITCH Drw the stitch design on the grid sheet (prt code SA507, GS3:X ). Simplify the design so tht it cn e sewn s continuous line. For more ttrctive stitch, close the design y intersecting lines. c Plce points where the pttern intersects with the grid, nd connect ll the points with line. If the design is to e repeted nd linked, the strt point nd end point of the design should e t the sme height. d Determine the x nd y coordintes of ech of the mrked points. This will determine the stitch design tht will e sewn. Sewing S-103

174 DESIGNING A STITCH Exmples of Custom Stitches Stitch Stitch Stitch Stitch Stitch Stitch Stitch Stitch Stitch Stitch Stitch Stitch S-104

175 ENTERING STITCH DATA ENTERING STITCH DATA Key Functions S 4 c d e f This re displys the stitch eing creted. Displys the numer of the present set point over the totl numer of points in the stitch. c Displys the y-coordinte of over the x-coordinte of. p o n m l k j i h g MY CUSTOM STITCH No. Disply Key Nme Explntion Pge d Single/triple stitching Press this key to select whether one or three stitches will e sewn S-106 key etween two points. e Point delete key Press this key to delete selected point. S-107 f Return key Press this key to exit the entering stitch dt screen. g Test key Press this key to sew test of the stitch. S-107, S-110 h MY CUSTOM STITCH Press this key to store the stitch eing creted. S-110 memory key i Block move key Press this key to group points together nd move them together. S-108 j Insert key Press this key to insert new points on the stitch design. S-109 k Set key Press this key to set point on the stitch design. S-106 to S-108 l Arrow keys Use these keys to move over the disply re. S-106 to S-109 m Point-to-point key Use these keys to move from point to point on the stitch, or to S-107 to the first or lst point entered on the stitch. S-109 n Imge key Press this key to view n imge of the stitch. S-107 o Grid direction key Press this key to chnge the direction of the grid sheet. S-106 p Enlrger key Press this key to see n enlrged version of the stitch eing creted. S-106 Sewing S-105

176 ENTERING STITCH DATA Press. * Press to enlrge the imge of the stitch eing creted. Press. Currently selected point/totl numer of points Coordintes of Use c to move to the coordintes of the first point on the grid sheet. * Press to chnge the direction of the grid sheet. d Press to dd the point indicted y. * To insert coordintes with the touch pen, move the tip of the pen to desired point. Once you relese the pen from the screen point will e entered into the grph t those coordintes. The numer of the currently selected points long with the totl numer of points will e displyed. e Select whether one stitch or three stitches will e sewn etween the first two points. * To sew three stitches, press the key so tht it ppers s. S-106

177 ENTERING STITCH DATA f Use to move to the second point nd press. If you hve entered points tht re too close together, the fric my not feed properly. Edit the stitch dt to leve lrger spce etween points. If the stitch design is to e repeted nd linked, mke sure tht linking stitches re dded so tht the stitch designs will not overlp. S 4 MY CUSTOM STITCH Linking stitches You cn touch on the grid sheet to set the point, or you cn lso use USB mouse. g Repet the steps ove for ech point tht you hve drwn on the grid sheet until the stitch design is drwn on the screen s continuous line. * Press to delete selected point entered. * Press to sew test-run of the stitch. * Press to return to the originl screen. Moving Point Press or to move to the point tht you wnt to move. * To move to the first point, press. * To move to the lst point, press. * Press to view n imge of the stitch. Sewing S-107

178 ENTERING STITCH DATA Use to move the point. Press. * You cn lso move y using the touch pen. Moving Prt or All of the Design Press or to move to the first point of the section tht you wnt to move. The selected point nd ll points tht were entered fter it re selected. Press or to move the section. c * To move to the first point, press. * To move to the lst point, press. S-108

179 ENTERING STITCH DATA d Press. Press. S 4 MY CUSTOM STITCH The section will e moved. Inserting New Points A new point is entered nd moves to it. Press or to move to plce on the design where you wnt to dd new point. c Use to move the point. * To move to the first point, press. * To move to the lst point, press. * You cn lso move y using the touch pen. Sewing S-109

180 USING STORED CUSTOM STITCHES USING STORED CUSTOM STITCHES Storing Custom Stitches in Your List Stitch ptterns creted using the MY CUSTOM STITCH function cn e stored for lter use. Once you finish entering the stitch dt, press. The Sving messge ppers nd the stitch will e stored. If the ry is Full If the following messge ppers fter is pressed, the stitch pttern cnnot e stored ecuse either the mchine s memory is full or the stitch pttern eing stored is lrger thn the mount of spce ville in the memory. To e le to store the stitch pttern in the mchine s memory, previously stored stitch pttern must e deleted. Before storing stitch, press test-run of the stitch. to sew Storing stitch pttern tkes few seconds. For detils on retrieving stored stitch pttern, see pge S-111. Do not turn off the mchine while the Sving messge is displyed, otherwise the stitch pttern dt eing sved my e lost. To sve custom stitches to USB medi or in the computer, follow the previously descried procedure to store the custom stitch, nd then press to select the stitch (see the following Retrieving Stored Stitches section). Press to sve the stitch to USB medi or in the computer. (For detils, Sving Stitch Ptterns to USB Medi on pge S-96 or Sving Stitch Ptterns in the Computer on pge S-97.) S-110

181 USING STORED CUSTOM STITCHES Retrieving Stored Stitches Press. c Press. * To delete the stored stitch pttern, press. * To edit the stored stitch pttern, press. S 4 MY CUSTOM STITCH A list of stored stitch ptterns is displyed. Select the stitch pttern. * Press to return to the previous screen without retrieving. Sewing S-111

182 USING STORED CUSTOM STITCHES S-112

183 Emroidering This section provides instruction to emroider designs with this mchine. Pge numer strts with E in this section. The screen disply nd mchine illustrtion my vry slightly, depending on the countries or regions. Chpter1 Emroidery... E-2 Chpter2 Emroidery Edit... E-56

184 EEmroidering Chpter 1 Emroidery SELECTING PATTERNS...3 Copyright Informtion... 3 Selecting Emroidery Ptterns/Brother Exclusives /Florl Alphet/Boin Work Ptterns...4 Selecting Chrcter Ptterns...5 Selecting Frme Ptterns...7 Selecting Ptterns from Emroidery Crds...7 Aout Emroidery Crd Reder (Sold Seprtely) nd USB Crd Writer Module*... 7 Aout Emroidery Crds (Sold Seprtely)... 7 Selecting Ptterns from USB Medi/Computer...8 VIEWING THE EMBROIDERING SCREEN...9 Key Functions PREPARING THE FABRIC...11 Attching Iron-on Stilizers (Bcking) to the Fric...11 Hooping the Fric in the Emroidery Frme...13 Types of Emroidery Frmes Inserting the Fric Using the Emroidery Sheet Emroidering Smll Frics or Fric Edges...16 Emroidering Smll Frics Emroidering Edges or Corners Emroidering Rions or Tpe ATTACHING THE EMBROIDERY FRAME...17 Removing the Emroidery Frme CONFIRMING THE PATTERN POSITION...19 Checking the Pttern Position...19 Previewing the Completed Pttern...20 Frme sizes displyed on screen SEWING AN EMBROIDERY PATTERN Emroidery Attrctive Finishes...21 Emroidery Needle Plte Cover Sewing Emroidery Ptterns...22 Sewing Emroidery Ptterns Which Use Appliqué...23 ADJUSTMENTS DURING THE EMBROIDERY PROCESS...26 Adjusting the Emroidery Speed Chnging the Thred Color Disply Chnging the Emroidery Frme Disply REVISING THE PATTERN Moving the Pttern Aligning the Pttern nd the Needle Chnging the Size of the Pttern Rotting the Pttern Creting Horizontl Mirror Imge Enlrging the Editing Screen Chnging the Density (Alphet Chrcter nd Frme Ptterns Only) Chnging the Colors of Alphet Chrcter Ptterns Emroidering Linked Chrcters Uninterrupted Emroidering (Monochrome - Using Single Color) USING THE MEMORY FUNCTION Emroidery Dt Precutions Types of Emroidery Dt tht cn e Used...44 Types of USB Devices/Medi tht cn e Used...44 Computers nd Operting Systems with the Following Specifictions cn e Used...44 Precutions on Using the Computer to Crete nd Sve Dt...44 Tjim (.dst) Emroidery Dt...45 Sving Emroidery Ptterns in the Mchine s ry If the ry is Full...45 Sving Emroidery Ptterns to USB Medi Sving Emroidery Ptterns in the Computer Retrieving Ptterns from the Mchine s ry Reclling from USB Medi Reclling from the Computer EMBROIDERY APPLICATIONS Using Frme Pttern to Mke n Appliqué (1) Using Frme Pttern to Mke n Appliqué (2) Sewing Split Emroidery Ptterns If the Boin Runs Out of Thred...26 If the Thred Breks During Sewing...27 Restrting from the Beginning...28 Resuming Emroidery After Turning Off the Power...28 MAKING EMBROIDERY ADJUSTMENTS...30 Adjusting Thred Tension...30 Correct Thred Tension Upper Thred is Too Tight Upper Thred is Too Loose Adjusting the Boin Cse (with No Color on the Screw)...31 Correct Tension Boin Thred is Too Loose Boin Thred is Too Tight Using the Automtic Thred Cutting Function (END COLOR TRIM)...32 Using the Thred Trimming Function (JUMP STITCH TRIM)...32 Selecting the Length of Jump Stitch Not to Trim... 33

185 SELECTING PATTERNS SELECTING PATTERNS Copyright Informtion The ptterns stored in the mchine nd emroidery crds re intended for privte use only. Any pulic or commercil use of copyrighted ptterns is n infringement of copyright lw nd is strictly prohiited. There re mny chrcter nd decortive emroidery ptterns stored in the mchine s memory (see the Quick Reference Guide for full summry of ptterns in the mchine s memory). You cn lso use ptterns from the emroidery crds (sold seprtely). Once the mchine hs finished the initiliztion nd the crrige hs moved to the strt position, the pttern type selection screen will disply. E 1 Emroidery If nother screen is displyed, press, then to disply the screen elow. There re 6 ctegories of ptterns in this mchine. c d e f g h i j Emroidery ptterns Brother Exclusives c Florl lphet ptterns d Frme ptterns e Chrcter ptterns f Boin work ptterns (see Appendix ) g Ptterns sved in the mchine s memory (see pge E-48) h Ptterns sved in USB medi (see pge E-49) i Ptterns sved on the computer (see pge E-50) j Press this key to position the emroidery unit for storge A key tht ppers stcked, such s nd, indictes tht there re su-ctegories, which must e selected efore pttern selection screen ppers. Emroidering E-3

186 SELECTING PATTERNS Selecting Emroidery Ptterns/Brother Exclusives /Florl Alphet/Boin Work Ptterns c Press to crete mirror imge of the pttern s needed. * If mistke hs een mde when selecting the pttern, press the key of the pttern you wnt to emroider nd the new selection ppers. Touch the key of the ctegory of the pttern you wnt to emroider. * Refer to How to Crete Boin Work of Appendix out the oin work ptterns. d Press. The emroidery screen is displyed. Press the key of the pttern you wnt to emroider. e Proceed to VIEWING THE EMBROIDERING SCREEN on pge E-9 to emroider the pttern. * To return to the previous screen to select nother pttern, press. * Press to view the next pge. * Press to view the previous pge. The selected pttern is displyed. E-4

187 SELECTING PATTERNS Selecting Chrcter Ptterns Exmple: Press. Entering We Fly. Press the key of the font you wnt to emroider. * If you wnt to chnge the size of chrcter, select the chrcter nd then press to chnge the size. The size chnges ech time you press the key, from lrge to medium to smll. * If you mke mistke, press to erse the mistke. * If the pttern is too smll to see clerly, you cn use the key to check it. If you continue dding chrcters fter chnging the size, the new chrcters will e entered in the new size. You cnnot chnge the size of the entered chrcters fter comining chrcter stitch ptterns. E 1 Emroidery e Press nd enter e. c Press to chnge the selection screens. d Press nd then enter W. f Press to enter spce. Emroidering E-5

188 SELECTING PATTERNS g Press gin nd enter F. i Press. h Press nd then enter ly. j The emroidery screen is displyed. Proceed to VIEWING THE EMBROIDERING SCREEN on pge E-9 to emroider the pttern. * To return to the previous screen to select nother pttern, press. E-6

189 SELECTING PATTERNS Selecting Frme Ptterns Press. e Proceed to VIEWING THE EMBROIDERING SCREEN on pge E-9 to emroider the pttern. * To return to the previous screen to select nother pttern, press. E 1 Press the key of the frme shpe you wnt to emroider in the top prt of the screen. Emroidery c Frme shpes Frme ptterns Vrious frme ptterns re displyed t the ottom prt of the screen. Press the key of the frme pttern you wnt to emroider. * If you mke mistke selecting the pttern, press the key of the pttern you wnt to emroider. The selected pttern is displyed on the screen. d Press. Selecting Ptterns from Emroidery Crds Aout Emroidery Crd Reder (Sold Seprtely) nd USB Crd Writer Module* Use only n emroidery crd Reder designed for this mchine. Using n unuthorized emroidery crd Reder my cuse your mchine to operte incorrectly. * If you hve purchsed the PE-DESIGN Ver5 or lter, PE-DESIGN NEXT, PE-DESIGN Lite, PED-BASIC or PE-DESIGN PLUS, you cn plug the included USB crd writer module into the mchine s n emroidery crd reder, nd recll ptterns. Emroidery ptterns cnnot e sved from the mchine to n emroidery crd inserted into connected USB crd writer module*. The emroidery screen is displyed. Aout Emroidery Crds (Sold Seprtely) Use only emroidery crds mnufctured for this mchine. Using unuthorized crds my cuse your mchine to operte incorrectly. Emroidery crds sold in foreign countries cnnot e used with this mchine. Store emroidery crds in the hrd cse. Emroidering E-7

190 SELECTING PATTERNS Plug the optionl emroidery crd Reder/USB crd writer module into the USB port on the mchine. c Press the key of the USB port. USB port for mouse/medi (USB 2.0) Emroidery crd Reder/USB crd writer module Insert the crd completely into the crd Reder/USB crd writer module. * Insert the emroidery crd so tht the end with printed rrow is fcing up. d The ptterns on the emroidery crd re displyed on the selection screen. Follow the steps on pge E-4 to select pttern. Selecting Ptterns from USB Medi/Computer To recll ptterns from the computer or USB medi, see pges E-49 to E-50. Two emroidery USB crd Reders/USB crd writer module cnnot e used with this mchine t the sme time. If two emroidery USB crd Reders/USB crd writer module re inserted, only the emroidery USB crd Reder/USB crd writer module inserted first is detected. E-8

191 VIEWING THE EMBROIDERING SCREEN VIEWING THE EMBROIDERING SCREEN h i j k c l E 1 Emroidery d e f g m Shows the presser foot code. Attch emroidery foot W+ or W for ll emroidery projects. When the foot presser symol is displyed on the screen, you re le to sew. Shows the oundry for emroidering with the extr lrge frme (30 cm 18 cm (pprox. 12 inches 7 inches)). c Shows preview of the selected pttern. d Shows the size of the selected pttern. e Shows the emroidery frmes tht cn e used for the selected pttern. Be sure to use the proper frme (see pge E-13). f Shows how fr the sewing position is from the center (when you move the sewing position). g Shows the degree of rottion of the pttern. h Shows how mny stitches re in the selected pttern nd how mny stitches hve een sewn so fr. i Shows the time necessry to sew the pttern, nd the time lredy spent sewing the pttern (not including time for chnging nd utomticlly trimming the thred). j Shows the numer of colors in the selected pttern, nd the numer of the color currently eing sewn. k Shows the prt of the emroidery tht will e sewn with the first thred color. l Shows the order for thred color chnges nd the emroidering time for ech thred color. * The displyed time is the pproximte time tht will e required. The ctul emroidering time my e longer thn the displyed time, depending on the emroidery frme tht is used. In ddition, the mount of time required to chnge thred colors is not included. There is n explntion of dditionl key functions on the next pge. Emroidering E-9

192 VIEWING THE EMBROIDERING SCREEN Key Functions Using these keys, you cn chnge the size of the pttern, rotte the pttern, etc. R Some opertions or functions re not ville for certin ptterns. If the key disply is light gry, you cnnot use tht function or opertion with the selected pttern. n o p q r s Q z y x w v u t No. Disply Key Nme Explntion Pge m Arrow keys Press n rrow key to move the pttern in the direction shown y the rrow. (Press the Center key to return the pttern to the center of the emroidery E-36 ( Center key) re.) n Rotte key Press this key to rotte the pttern. You cn rotte pttern one degree, 10 E-38 degrees or 90 degrees t time. o Size key Press this key to chnge the size of the pttern. E-37 p Uninterrupted Press this key to emroider the selected pttern with single color. E-43 emroidery key q Return key Press this key to return to the pttern type selection screen. r Cut/Tension key Press this key to specify utomtic thred cutting, thred trimming or the thred tension. For emroidery, these functions re set utomticlly. s Forwrd/Bck key Press this key to move the needle forwrd or ck in the pttern; useful if the thred reks while sewing or if you wnt to strt gin from the eginning. t Tril key Press this key to check the position of the pttern. The emroidery frme moves to the desired position so you cn check tht there is enough spce to sew the pttern. u Strting point key Press this key to move the needle strt position to lign the needle with the pttern position. v ry key Press this key to sve pttern in the mchine s memory, USB medi or computer. w Density key Press this key to chnge the density of lphet chrcter or frme ptterns. E-40 E-32 to E-32 E-27 to E-29 E-19 E-36 E-45 to E-47 x Multi color key Press this key to chnge the color of ech letter when sewing lphet E-40 chrcter ptterns. y Emroidery LED foot key Press this key to turn on the LED pointer. Bsic opertions z Horizontl mirror imge key Press this key to crete horizontl mirror imge of the pttern. E-39 Q Function pge key Press this key to show ll the keys in this screen. E-40 R Imge key Press this key for preview of the sewn imge. E-20 E-10

193 PREPARING THE FABRIC PREPARING THE FABRIC CAUTION Use frics with thickness of less thn 3 mm (pprox. 1/8 inch). Using frics thicker thn 3 mm (pprox. 1/8 inch) my cuse the needle to rek. When using lyers with thicker tting etc., you cn sew more ttrctive emroidery y djusting the emroidery presser foot height in the emroidery settings screen (see elow). In the cse of thick terry cloth towels we recommend tht you plce piece of wter solule stilizer on the top surfce of the towel. This will help to reduce the np of the toweling nd result in more ttrctive emroidery. E 1 Emroidery Press. In the Emroidery Foot Height disply, use nd in the settings screen. Adjust the presser foot height for thick or puffy frics. To increse the spce etween the presser foot nd the needle plte, set the emroidery foot height to lrger numer, 1.5 mm setting is used for most emroidery. Attching Iron-on Stilizers (Bcking) to the Fric For est results in your emroidery projects, lwys use stilizer mteril for emroidery. Follow the pckge instructions for the stilizer eing used. When using frics tht cnnot e ironed (such s towel or frics tht hve loops which expnd when ironed) or in plces where ironing is difficult, position the stilizer mteril under the fric without fusing it, then position the fric nd stilizer in the emroidery frme, or check with your uthorized deler for the correct stilizer to use. CAUTION Alwys use stilizer mteril for emroidery when sewing stretch frics, lightweight frics, frics with corse weve, or frics which cuse pttern shrinkge. Otherwise, the needle my rek nd cuse injury. Not using stilizer mteril my result in poor finish to your project. Use piece of stilizer which is lrger thn the emroidery frme eing used. Size of the emroidery frme Iron-on stilizer (cking) Emroidering E-11

194 PREPARING THE FABRIC Iron the iron-on stilizer mteril to the wrong side of the fric. Fusile side of stilizer Fric (wrong side) When emroidering on thin frics such s orgndy or lwn, or on npped frics such s towel or corduroy, use wter solule stilizer (sold seprtely) for est results. The wter solule stilizer mteril will dissolve completely in wter, giving the project more ttrctive finish. E-12

195 PREPARING THE FABRIC Hooping the Fric in the Emroidery Frme Types of Emroidery Frmes The types nd numers of supplied emroidery frme re differs depending on the countries nd regions. Extr Lrge Lrge Medium E 1 Emroidery Emroidery field 30 cm 18 cm (pprox. 12 inches 7 inches) Use when emroidering connected or comined chrcters or ptterns, or when emroidering lrge ptterns. Emroidery field 18 cm 13 cm (pprox. 7 inches 5 inches) Use when emroidering ptterns etween 10 cm 10 cm (pprox. 4 inches 4 inches) nd 18 cm 13 cm (pprox. 7 inches 5 inches). Emroidery field 10 cm 10 cm (pprox. 4 inches 4 inches) Use when emroidering ptterns under 10 cm 10 cm (pprox. 4 inches 4 inches). Other optionl emroidery frmes cn e used. When choosing frmes tht do not pper on the screen, e sure to check the design size of the emroidery field of the optionl frme. Check with your uthorized deler for frme comptiility. Select frme tht mtches the pttern size. Included frme options re displyed on the LCD. Highlighted: Cn e used Shded: Cnnot e used CAUTION If you use frme tht is too smll, the presser foot my strike the frme during sewing nd cuse injury. Emroidering E-13

196 PREPARING THE FABRIC Inserting the Fric If the fric is not securely held in the emroidery frme, the emroidery design will sew out poorly. Insert the fric on level surfce, nd gently stretch the fric tut in the frme. Follow the steps elow to insert the fric correctly. c Slightly tighten the frme djustment screw, nd then remove the slck in the fric y pulling on the edges nd corners. Do not loosen the screw. Lift-up nd loosen the frme djustment screw nd remove the inner frme. d Gently stretch the fric tut, nd tighten the frme djustment screw to keep the fric from loosening fter stretching. * After stretching the fric, mke sure the fric is tut. Frme djustment screw Inner frme Ly the fric right side up on top of the outer frme. Re-insert the inner frme mking sure to lign the inner frme s with the outer frme s. * Mke sure the inside nd outside frmes re even efore you strt emroidering. Outer frme Inner frme c Fric Inner frme s Outer frme s c Frme djustment screw Stretch the fric from ll four corners nd ll four edges. While stretching the fric, tighten the frme djustment screw. E-14

197 PREPARING THE FABRIC e Return the frme djustment screw to its initil position. Plce the emroidery sheet on the inner frme. Align the guide lines on the emroidery sheet with the mrk you mde on the fric. E 1 Emroidery You cn use the included screwdriver when you loosen or tighten the frme djustment screw. c Inner frme Guide line Gently stretch the fric so there re no folds or wrinkles, nd press the inner frme into the outer frme. Using the Emroidery Sheet When you wnt to emroider the pttern in prticulr plce, use the emroidery sheet with the frme. With chlk pencil, mrk the re of the fric you wnt to emroider. Inner frme Outer frme d Remove the emroidery sheet. Emroidery pttern Mrk Emroidering E-15

198 PREPARING THE FABRIC Emroidering Smll Frics or Fric Edges Use n emroidery stilizer to provide extr support. After emroidering, remove the stilizer crefully. Attch the stilizer s shown in the following exmples. We recommend using stilizer for emroidery. Emroidering Smll Frics Use temporry spry dhesive to dhere the smll piece of fric to the lrger piece in the frme. If you do not wish to use temporry spry dhesive, ttch the stilizer with sting stitch. Emroidering Rions or Tpe Secure with doule-sided tpe or temporry spry dhesive. Rion or tpe Stilizer Fric Stilizer Emroidering Edges or Corners Use temporry spry dhesive to dhere the smll piece of fric to the lrger piece in the frme. If you do not wish to use temporry spry dhesive, ttch the stilizer with sting stitch. Fric Stilizer E-16

199 ATTACHING THE EMBROIDERY FRAME ATTACHING THE EMBROIDERY FRAME Wind nd insert the oin efore ttching the emroidery frme. E 1 Press the Presser Foot Lifter utton to rise the presser foot. Align the emroidery frme guide with the right edge of the emroidery frme holder. d Lower the frme-securing lever to e level with the frme to secure the emroidery frme in the emroidery frme holder. Emroidery Emroidery frme holder Emroidery frme guide Slide the emroidery frme into the holder, c mking sure to lign the emroidery frme s with the holder s. Frme-securing lever CAUTION If the frme-securing lever is not lowered, the following messge ppers. You cnnot strt sewing until you lower the frme-securing lever. Arrow mrk Removing the Emroidery Frme Rise the frme-securing lever. Emroidering E-17

200 ATTACHING THE EMBROIDERY FRAME Pull the emroidery frme towrd you. E-18

201 CONFIRMING THE PATTERN POSITION CONFIRMING THE PATTERN POSITION The pttern is normlly positioned in the center of the emroidery frme. If the pttern needs to e repositioned for etter plcement on the grment, you cn check the lyout efore strting emroidery. E 1 Checking the Pttern Position The emroidery frme moves nd shows the pttern position. Wtch the frme closely to mke sure the pttern will e sewn in the right plce. From, press the key for the position tht you wnt to check. Emroidery Press. The following screen is displyed. Selected position The needle will move to the selected position on the pttern. To see the entire emroidering re, press. The emroidery frme moves nd shows the emroidery re. CAUTION Mke sure the needle is up when the emroidery frme is moving. If the needle is down, it could rek nd result in injury. c Press. Emroidering E-19

202 CONFIRMING THE PATTERN POSITION Previewing the Completed Pttern Press. Frme sizes displyed on screen Icon Nme Emroidering re Extr lrge emroidery frme H 30 cm W 18 cm (H 11-3/4 inches W 7-1/8 inches) Lrge emroidery frme (optionl with some models) An imge of the pttern s it will e emroidered ppers. Press to select the frme used in the preview. * Frmes displyed in light gry cnnot e selected. * Press to enlrge the imge of the pttern. * The pttern cn e sewn s it ppers in the following disply. H 18 cm W 13 cm (H 7-1/8 inches W 5-1/8 inches) Medium emroidery frme (optionl with some models) H 10 cm W 10 cm (H 4 inches W 4 inches) Smll emroidery frme (optionl) H 2 cm W 6 cm (H 3/4 inch W 2-3/8 inches) You cn egin sewing from this screen y pressing the Strt/Stop utton. c Press to return to the originl screen. E-20

203 SEWING AN EMBROIDERY PATTERN SEWING AN EMBROIDERY PATTERN Emroidery Attrctive Finishes There re mny fctors tht go into eutiful emroidery. Using the pproprite stilizer (see pge E-11) nd hooping the fric in the frme (see pge E-13) re two importnt fctors mentioned erlier. Another importnt point is the ppropriteness of the needle nd thred eing used. See the explntion of threds elow. Thred Upper thred Use emroidery thred intended for use with this mchine. Other emroidery threds my not yield optimum results. Boin thred Use emroidery oin thred intended for use with this mchine. E 1 Emroidery If you use threds other thn those listed ove, the emroidery my not sew out correctly. You cn djust thred tension with the screw on the oin cse. Included oin cse vries depending on the type of mchine. See the explntion of oin cse types elow. Boin cse (for the emroidery nd sewing mchine) Stndrd oin cse (green mrking on the screw) originlly instlled in the mchine hs green mrking on the screw. Do not djust green mrked screw. Alternte oin cse (no color on the screw) is set with tighter tension for emroidery with different weights of oin threds nd vriety of emroidery techniques. This oin cse is identified with drk colored mrk on the inside of the oin cvity. The screw on this cse cn e djusted if necessry (see pge E-31). Stndrd oin cse (green mrking on the screw) Alternte oin cse (no color on the screw) Boin cse (for the emroidery mchine) The oin cse (no color on the screw) is instlled in the mchine. We recommend using the included emroidery oin thred. The screw on this cse cn e djusted if necessry (see pge E-31). Boin cse (no color on the screw) See Clening the Rce of Appendix for how to remove the oin cse. CAUTION When emroidering on lrge grments (especilly jckets or other hevy frics), do not let the fric hng over the tle. Otherwise, the emroidery unit cnnot move freely nd the emroidery frme my strike the needle, cusing the needle to end or rek nd possily cuse injury. Plce the fric so tht it does not hng off the tle or hold the fric to keep it from drgging. Before emroidering, check tht there is enough thred in the oin. If you strt to sew your emroidery project without enough thred in the oin, you will need to rewind the oin in the middle of the emroidery pttern. Do not leve ojects in the rnge of motion of the emroidery frme. The frme my strike the oject nd cuse poor finish to the emroidery pttern. When emroidering on lrge grments (especilly jckets or other hevy frics), do not let the fric hng over the tle. Otherwise, the emroidery unit cnnot move freely, nd the pttern my not turn out s plnned. Emroidering E-21

204 SEWING AN EMBROIDERY PATTERN Emroidery Needle Plte Cover Under some conditions, sed on the type of fric, stilizer, or thred eing used, there my e some looping in the upper thred. In this cse, ttch the included emroidery needle plte cover to the needle plte. Attch the cover y inserting the two projections on the underside of the cover into the notches on the needle plte s shown elow. Sewing Emroidery Ptterns Exmple: Groove Projection c Notch To remove the emroidery needle plte cover, plce your fingernil in the groove nd lift the plte out. CAUTION Push the emroidery needle plte cover s fr s possile to ttch it. If the emroidery needle plte cover is not securely ttched, it my cuse the needle to rek. Do not use the emroidery needle plte cover for ny pplictions other thn emroidery. Emroidery color order Cursor The [+] cursor moves over the pttern, showing which prt of the pttern is eing sewn. Thred the mchine with thred for the first color, pss the thred through the hole in emroidery foot, pull out some thred to give it some slck, nd then lightly hold the end of the thred in your left hnd. E-22

205 SEWING AN EMBROIDERY PATTERN c Lower the presser foot, then press the Strt/Stop utton to strt emroidering. After 5-6 stitches, press the Strt/Stop utton gin to stop the mchine. Trim the excess thred t the end of the sem. If the end of the sem is under the presser foot, rise the presser foot, then trim the excess thred. f Repet the sme steps for emroidering the remining colors. E 1 Emroidery d e Press the Strt/Stop utton to strt emroidering. When the first color is completely sewn, the mchine will utomticlly trim the threds nd stop. The presser foot will then utomticlly e rised. On the emroidery color order disply, the next color will move to the top. If there is thred left over from the eginning of sewing, it my e sewn over s you continue emroidering the pttern, mking it very difficult to del with the thred fter the pttern is finished. Trim the threds t the eginning of ech thred chnge. Remove the thred for the first color from the mchine. Thred the mchine with the next color. When the lst color is sewn, Finished sewing will pper on the disply. Press, nd the disply will return to the originl screen. The Thred Trimming Function is originlly set to trim excess thred jumps (threds linking prts of the pttern, etc.). Depending on the type of thred nd fric tht re used, n end of upper thred my remin on the surfce of the fric t the eginning of the stitching. After emroidering is finished, cut off this excess thred. If the setting hs een turned off, trim the excess thred jumps using scissors fter the pttern is finished. See pge E-32 for informtion on the thred trimming function. Sewing Emroidery Ptterns Which Use Appliqué There re some ptterns which cll for n ppliqué inside the pttern. Prepre the se fric nd the ppliqué fric (ppliqué piece). When sewing n emroidery pttern with n ppliqué, the color sewing order disply shows APPLIQUE MATERIAL, APPLIQUE POSITION, APPLIQUE, nd then the sewing order of the colors round the ppliqué. Depending on the thred color disply setting, the disply my show,, or. Emroidering E-23

206 SEWING AN EMBROIDERY PATTERN Attch n iron-on stilizer to the wrong side of the ppliqué mteril. d Plce the se mteril into the emroidery frme. Appliqué mteril (cotton, felt, etc.) Iron-on stilizer Plce the ppliqué mteril into the emroidery frme, nd then press the Strt/Stop utton to sew the outline of the ppliqué. e Bse mteril Press the Strt/Stop utton to sew the position of the ppliqué. * Use the sme thred color you pln to use when ttching the ppliqué in step g. Outline of ppliqué Appliqué mteril The emroidery procedure is the sme s the sic procedure explined on pge E-22. The mchine will sew round the outline of the ppliqué pieces nd will then stop. f Position of ppliqué Bse mteril The mchine will sew round the position of the ppliqué nd will then stop. Apply thin lyer of dhesive or spry dhesive to the ck of the ppliqué piece nd ttch it to the ppliqué position so tht it follows the sem of the outline. c Remove the ppliqué mteril from the emroidery frme, nd then cut crefully long the stitching. After cutting, remove ll of the stitching thred crefully. * Crefully cut out the pttern on the outline you just sewed. Do not cut inside the stitching line, s the ppliqué fric will not e cught y the ppliqué stitch. If the ppliqué mteril is lightweight fric, you my wnt to use fusile we on the ck to stilize the fric nd for ppliqué plcement. Fuse ppliqué in plce with n iron. Do not remove fric from the frme to iron the ppliqué mteril. E-24

207 SEWING AN EMBROIDERY PATTERN Press the Strt/Stop utton. g E 1 Some ptterns my not show ll three ppliqué steps. Sometimes the APPLIQUE step will e shown s color. Emroidery h The ppliqué will then e completed. Chnge the upper thred nd then crry out the rest of the emroidering. Some glue my get onto the presser foot, needle, nd needle plte t this time. Finish emroidering the ppliqué pttern nd then clen wy the glue. For est sewing results clip ll threds etween color steps. Emroidering E-25

208 ADJUSTMENTS DURING THE EMBROIDERY PROCESS ADJUSTMENTS DURING THE EMBROIDERY PROCESS Be creful not to ump the emroidery unit crrige or the presser foot when removing or ttching the emroidery frme. Otherwise, the pttern will not emroider correctly. If the Boin Runs Out of Thred When the oin egins to run out of thred during emroidering, the mchine will stop nd the messge elow will pper. Press nd follow the directions elow to rethred the lower threding. If very little sewing remins, you cn emroider 10 finl stitches without rethreding the mchine y pressing. The mchine will stop fter sewing the 10 stitches. Unlock the frme-securing lever nd remove the emroidery frme. * Be creful not to pply strong force to the fric t this time. Otherwise, the fric my loosen in the frme. c Insert wound oin into the mchine. (see Setting the Boin of Bsic opertions.) If Upper nd Boin Thred Sensor in the settings screen of the mchine setting mode is set to OFF, the messge shown ove does not pper. Press. d Press. After the thred is utomticlly cut, the crrige will move. The crrige will return to its originl position. e Attch the emroidery frme. f To return to the spot in the pttern where you stopped sewing, follow steps c through f in the next section. E-26

209 ADJUSTMENTS DURING THE EMBROIDERY PROCESS If the Thred Breks During Sewing Press the Strt/Stop utton to stop the mchine. If the upper thred is roken, redo the upper threding. If the oin thred is roken, press nd follow the directions in steps through e from the previous section to reset the oin. Press,,, or to move d the needle ck the correct numer of stitches efore the spot where the thred roke. * If you cnnot move ck to the spot where the thred roke, press to select the color nd move to the eginning position of tht color, then use,,, or to move hed to slightly efore where the thred roke. E 1 Emroidery c Press. e Press to return to the originl screen. f Press the Presser Foot Lifter utton to lower the presser foot, nd press the Strt/Stop utton to continue sewing. Emroidering E-27

210 ADJUSTMENTS DURING THE EMBROIDERY PROCESS Restrting from the Beginning Press. Resuming Emroidery After Turning Off the Power The current color nd stitch numer re sved when emroidery is stopped. The next time the mchine is turned on, you hve the option to continue or delete the pttern. Even if the power goes out in the middle of emroidery, the mchine returns to the point where emroidery ws stopped when the mchine is turned on gin. Press. Current stitch numer when emroidery ws stopped Do not remove the emroidery unit or the memory will no longer rememer your design. Turn the min power to ON. c The emroidery frme moves, returning the needle to the pttern s eginning position. Press the Presser Foot Lifter utton to lower the presser foot nd strt sewing. Follow the instructions shown on the screen nd remove the emroidery frme. The following messge will pper. E-28

211 ADJUSTMENTS DURING THE EMBROIDERY PROCESS c Attch the emroidery frme nd press. E 1 Emroidery The previous emroidery screen displyed efore the mchine ws turned off ppers. If you wnt to strt new emroidery pttern, press so the pttern selection screen ppers. d Continue emroidering. Stitch numer when emroidery is resumed Emroidering E-29

212 MAKING EMBROIDERY ADJUSTMENTS MAKING EMBROIDERY ADJUSTMENTS Adjusting Thred Tension Press. When emroidering, the thred tension should e set so tht the upper thred cn slightly e seen on the wrong side of the fric. Correct Thred Tension The pttern cn e seen from the wrong side of the fric. If the thred tension is not set correctly, the pttern will not finish well. The fric my pucker or the thred my rek. Right side Wrong side Follow the opertions descried elow to djust thred tension ccording to the sitution. If the thred tension setting is mde extremely wek, the mchine my stop during sewing. This is not the sign of mlfunction. Increse the thred tension slightly, nd egin sewing gin. Press to weken the upper thred tension. (The tension numer will decrese.) If you turn the min power to OFF or select different pttern, the thred tension will reset to the utomtic setting. When you retrieve sved pttern, the thred tension setting will e the sme s when the pttern ws sved. Upper Thred is Too Tight The tension of the upper thred is too tight, resulting in the oin thred eing visile from the right side of the fric. If the oin thred ws incorrectly threded, the upper thred my e too tight. In this cse, refer to Setting the Boin of Bsic opertions nd rethred the oin thred. c Press. Upper Thred is Too Loose The tension of the upper thred is too loose, resulting in loose upper thred, loose thred locks, or loops ppering on the right side of the fric. If the upper thred ws incorrectly threded, the upper thred my e too loose. In this cse, refer to Upper Threding of Bsic opertions nd rethred the upper thred. Right side Wrong side Right side Wrong side Press. E-30

213 Press to tighten the upper thred tension. (The tension numer will increse.) MAKING EMBROIDERY ADJUSTMENTS To djust the oin tension for emroidery function, using the oin cse (with no color on the screw), turn the slotted-hed screw (-) with (smll) screwdriver. E 1 c Press. With Emroidery Tension on the setting screen, the tension of the upper thred cn e djusted for emroidering. The selected setting will e pplied to ll ptterns. When emroidering, if the overll tension of the upper thred is too tight or too loose, djust it from the setting screen. Press to tighten the upper thred tension nd press to loosen the upper tension. If n individul emroidery pttern needs dditionl fine tuning, refer to Adjusting Thred Tension on pge E-30. Do not turn phillips screw (+). Adjust with screwdriver (smll). Correct Tension Upper thred slightly ppers on the wrong side of fric. Right side Wrong side Boin Thred is Too Loose Boin thred ppers slightly on the right side of fric. Emroidery Right side Wrong side If this occurs, turn the slotted-hed screw (-) clockwise, eing creful not to over-tighten the screw, pproximtely degrees to increse oin tension. Adjusting the Boin Cse (with No Color on the Screw) The oin cse (with no color on the screw) cn e djusted when oin tension chnges re required to ccommodte different oin threds. See Emroidery Attrctive Finishes on pge E-21. Emroidering E-31

214 MAKING EMBROIDERY ADJUSTMENTS Boin Thred is Too Tight Upper thred on the right side of fric seems to e lifting/looping nd oin thred is not seen on the wrong side of fric. Press. Right side Wrong side If this occurs, turn the slotted-hed screw (-) counterclockwise, eing creful not to over-loosen the screw, pproximtely degrees to decrese oin tension. CAUTION When djusting the oin cse, e sure to remove the oin from the oin cse. DO NOT djust the position of the phillips (+) screw on the oin cse s this my result in dmge to the oin cse, rendering it unusle. If the slotted-hed screw (-) is difficult to turn, do not use force. Turning the screw too much or providing force in either (rottionl) direction my cuse dmge to the oin cse. Should dmge occur, the oin cse my not mintin proper tension. Using the Automtic Thred Cutting Function (END COLOR TRIM) The utomtic thred cutting function will cut the thred t the end of sewing ech color. This function is initilly turned on. To turn this function off, press key nd then. This function cn e turned on or off during emroidering. Press to turn off the utomtic thred cutting function. The key will disply s * When one color thred is sewn, the mchine will stop without cutting the thred. Using the Thred Trimming Function (JUMP STITCH TRIM) The thred trimming function will utomticlly trim ny excess thred jumps within the color. This function is initilly turned on. To turn this function off, press key nd then. This function cn e turned on or off during emroidering. * Your customized setting remins fter turning the mchine off nd on. * This setting returns to its defult when the mchine is turned off. Jump stitch E-32

215 MAKING EMBROIDERY ADJUSTMENTS When this function is turned on, use the included ll point needle 75/11 for emroidering ptterns with short jump stitches such s lphet chrcters. Using other needles my cuse the thred to rek. Press. Selecting the Length of Jump Stitch Not to Trim When the thred trimming function is turned on, you cn select the length of the jump stitch not to trim the thred. This function cn e turned on or off during emroidering. Select setting from 5 mm to 50 mm in 5 mm increments. * Your customized setting remins fter turning the mchine off nd on. Press or to select the length of jump stitch. E 1 Emroidery For exmple: Press to select 25 mm (1 inch) nd the mchine will not trim jump stitch of 25 mm or less efore moving to the next stitching. Press function. to turn off the thred trimming If design hs mny trims it is recommended to select higher jump stitch trim setting in order to reduce the mount of excess tils on ckside of fric. The higher numer of the jump stitch length selected, the fewer numer of times the mchine will trim. In this cse, more jump stitches remin on the surfce of the fric. Adjusting the Emroidery Speed Press. The key will disply s * The mchine will not trim the thred efore moving to the next stitching. In the Mx Emroidery Speed disply, use to chnge the mximum emroidery speed. * You cn choose from 3 different speed levels, 350 spm, 600 spm or 1050 spm. Emroidering E-33

216 MAKING EMBROIDERY ADJUSTMENTS spm is the numer of stitches sewn in one minute. Decrese the sewing speed when emroidering on thin, thick, or hevy frics. The sewing speed cn e chnged fter n emroidery hs een strted. The mximum sewing speed setting does not chnge until new setting is selected. The setting specified efore the min power is set to OFF remins selected the next time tht the mchine is turned on. Decrese the sewing speed to 600 spm when using specility thred like metllic thred. While selecting the oin work pttern, the emroidery speed recommendtion is set t 100 spm ; however you cn choose from 100 spm, 200 spm or 350 spm. When the thred numer #123 c is displyed, use to select from six emroidery thred rnds pictured elow. EMBROIDERY / POLYESTER THREAD# c Press. Chnging the Thred Color Disply You cn disply the nme of the thred colors or emroidery thred numer. COUNTRY/COTTON THREAD#* MADEIRA /POLYESTER THREAD# Colors on the screen my vry slightly from ctul spool colors. MADEIRA RAYON THREAD# Press. SULKY THREAD# In the Thred Color Disply, use to disply the nme of the thred colors or the emroidery thred numer. ROBISON-ANTON/POLYESTER THREAD# * Depending on the country or re, cotton-like polyester thred is sold. d Press. E-34

217 MAKING EMBROIDERY ADJUSTMENTS Chnging the Emroidery Frme Disply Press. E 1 In the Emroidery Frme Disply, use to chnge the emroidery frme disply mode. * There re 16 choices. Emroidery * For the optionl emroidery frme. Extr lrge frme emroidering re 30 cm 18 cm (11-3/4 inches 7-1/8 inches) Center mrk c Lrge frme emroidering re 18 cm 13 cm (7-1/8 inches 5-1/8 inches) d Emroidering re for optionl order emroidery frme 18 cm 10 cm (7-1/8 inches 4 inches) e Emroidery re for optionl quilt emroidery frme 15 cm 15 cm (6 inches 6 inches) f Medium frme emroidering re 10 cm 10 cm (4 inches 4 inches) g Emroidery re for optionl smll emroidery frme 2 cm 6 cm (3/4 inch 2-3/8 inches) h Emroidery re for optionl order emroidery frme 30 cm x 10 cm (11-3/4 inches x 4 inches) i Grid lines c Press. Emroidering E-35

218 REVISING THE PATTERN REVISING THE PATTERN CAUTION When you hve revised the pttern, check the disply of ville emroidery frmes nd use n pproprite frme. If you use n emroidery frme not displyed s ville for use, the presser foot my strike the frme nd possily cuse injury. Moving the Pttern Use to move the pttern in the direction shown y the rrow. Press to center the pttern. Aligning the Pttern nd the Needle Distnce from the center The pttern cn lso e moved y drgging it. If USB mouse is connected, move the mouse to position the pointer on the desired pttern, nd then select nd drg the pttern. The pttern cn lso e drgged y selecting it directly in the screen with your finger or the touch pen. Exmple: Aligning the lower left side of pttern nd the needle Ptterns cnnot e moved in screens where does not pper. E-36

219 REVISING THE PATTERN Mrk the emroidery strt position on the fric, s shown. d Press. e Use to lign the needle nd the mrk on the fric, nd egin emroidering the pttern. E 1 Emroidery Press. Chnging the Size of the Pttern Press. c Press. Strt position This key is used for ligning linked chrcters (see pge E-41). The needle position moves to the ottom left corner of the pttern (the emroidery frme moves so tht the needle is positioned correctly). Select the direction in which to chnge the size. * Press to enlrge the pttern proportiontely. * Press to shrink the pttern proportiontely. * Press to stretch the pttern horizontlly. * Press to compct the pttern horizontlly. * Press to stretch the pttern verticlly. * Press to compct the pttern verticlly. * Press to return the pttern to its originl ppernce. Emroidering E-37

220 REVISING THE PATTERN Rotting the Pttern Press. Size of the pttern Select the ngle of rottion for the pttern. Some ptterns or chrcters cn e enlrged more thn others. Some ptterns or chrcters cn e enlrged to greter degree if they re rotted 90 degrees. You cn chnge the size of the pttern y rotting the mouse wheel. Rotte the mouse wheel wy from you to shrink the pttern. Rotte the mouse wheel towrd you to enlrge the pttern. * Press to rotte the pttern 90 degrees to the left. * Press to rotte the pttern 90 degrees to the right. * Press to rotte the pttern 10 degrees to the left. * Press to rotte the pttern 10 degrees to the right. * Press to rotte the pttern 1 degree to the left. c Press to return to the originl screen. * Press to rotte the pttern 1 degree to the right. * Press to return the pttern to its originl position. E-38

221 REVISING THE PATTERN Creting Horizontl Mirror Imge Press so it ppers s to crete horizontl mirror imge of the selected pttern. E 1 Press gin to return the pttern to norml. Emroidery Degree of rottion 0 You cn rotte the pttern y rotting the mouse wheel. Rotte the mouse wheel wy from you to rotte the pttern 10 degrees to the left. Rotte the mouse wheel towrd you to rotte the pttern 10 degrees to the right. c Press to return to the originl screen. Enlrging the Editing Screen Enlrge the editing screen y pressing. Press to close the enlrged screen. Emroidering E-39

222 REVISING THE PATTERN Chnging the Density (Alphet Chrcter nd Frme Ptterns Only) The thred density for some lphet chrcter nd frme ptterns cn e chnged. A setting etween 80% nd 120% in 5% increments cn e specified. Press. * Press to disply ll the function keys on the screen. Norml Fine (stitches closer together) c Corse (stitches frther prt) The pttern density chnges ech time you press utton. c Press to return to the pttern selection screen. Chnging the Colors of Alphet Chrcter Ptterns Comined lphet chrcter ptterns cn e sewn with ech letter in different color. If MULTI COLOR is set, the mchine stops fter ech chrcter is sewn so tht the thred cn e chnged to different color. Press so tht it ppers s. * Press to disply ll the function keys on the screen. * Press the key gin to return to the originl setting. Chnge the density. * Press to mke the pttern less dense. * Press to mke the pttern more dense. E-40

223 REVISING THE PATTERN After chrcter is sewn, chnge the thred color, nd then sew the next chrcter. Press. E 1 Emroidery Emroidering Linked Chrcters Follow the procedure descried elow to emroider linked chrcters in single row when the entire pttern extends eyond the emroidery frme. Exmple: Linking DEF to the chrcters ABC c Press. Select the chrcter ptterns for ABC. For detils on selecting chrcter ptterns, refer to Selecting Chrcter Ptterns on pge E-5. The needle is positioned in the lower-left corner of the pttern. The emroidery frme moves so tht the needle is positioned correctly. To cncel the strting point setting nd return the strting point to the center of the pttern, press. Use to select different strting point for emroidering. Emroidering E-41

224 REVISING THE PATTERN d Press. e Press. h After the chrcters re emroidered, cut the threds to generous length, remove the emroidery frme, nd then ttch the emroidery frme gin so tht the remining chrcters ( DEF ) cn e emroidered. i End of the emroidering As in step, select the chrcter ptterns for DEF. j Press. f Press to turn off the thred cutting function nd then press. k Press. Press the Strt/Stop utton. g The needle is positioned in the lower-left corner of the pttern. The emroidery frme moves so tht the needle is positioned correctly. l Press. E-42

225 REVISING THE PATTERN m Use to lign the needle with the end of emroidering for the previous pttern. E 1 Emroidery n Press the Strt/Stop utton to egin emroidering the remining chrcter ptterns. The thred color displyed on the screen will e gryed out. Uninterrupted Emroidering (Monochrome - Using Single Color) A selected pttern cn e stitched out in one color insted of multicolor. The mchine will hesitte ut not stop etween color steps, nd then continue till the pttern is completed. Press for the multicolor steps to ecome shded nd the selected pttern will emroider in single color, insted of chnging the thred while emroidering. Press gin to return to the pttern s originl settings. Even if uninterrupted emroidering hs een set, the utomtic thred cutting function nd the thred trimming function cn e used (see pge E-32). * Press to disply ll the function keys on the screen. Emroidering E-43

226 USING THE MEMORY FUNCTION USING THE MEMORY FUNCTION Emroidery Dt Precutions Oserve the following precutions when using emroidery dt other thn tht creted nd sved in this mchine. CAUTION When using emroidery dt other thn our originl ptterns, the thred or needle my rek when sewing with stitch density tht is too fine or when sewing three or more overlpping stitches. In tht cse, use one of our originl dt design systems to edit the emroidery dt. Types of Emroidery Dt tht cn e Used Only.pes,.phc, nd.dst emroidery dt files cn e used with this mchine. Using dt other thn tht sved using our dt design systems or mchines my cuse the emroidery mchine to mlfunction. Types of USB Devices/Medi tht cn e Used Stitch dt cn e sved to or reclled from USB medi. Use medi tht meets the following specifictions. USB Flsh drive (USB Flsh memory) USB Floppy disk drive Stitch dt cn e reclled only. USB CD-ROM, CD-R, CD-RW drives You cn lso use the following types of medi with the USB ry Crd Reder/USB crd writer module. Secure Digitl (SD) Crd CompctFlsh ry Stick Smrt Medi Multi Medi Crd (MMC) XD-Picture Crd The processing speed my vry y quntity of dt stored. Some USB medi my not e usle with this mchine. Plese visit our wesite for more detils. The ccess lmp will egin linking fter inserting USB devices/medi, nd it will tke out 5 to 6 seconds to recognize the devices/medi. (Time will differ depending on the USB device/medi). To crete file folders, use computer. Letters nd numerls cn e used in the file nmes. In ddition, if the file nme contins no more thn eight chrcters, the entire file nme will pper on the screen. If the file nme is more thn eight chrcters long, only the first six chrcters followed y ~ nd numer pper s the file nme. Computers nd Operting Systems with the Following Specifictions cn e Used Comptile models: IBM PC with USB port s stndrd equipment IBM PC-comptile computer equipped with USB port s stndrd equipment Comptile operting systems: Microsoft Windows XP, Windows Vist, Windows 7, Windows 8 Precutions on Using the Computer to Crete nd Sve Dt If the nme of the emroidery dt file/folder cnnot e identified, for exmple, ecuse the nme contins specil chrcters, the file/folder is not displyed. If this occurs, chnge the nme of the file/folder. We recommend using the 26 letters of the lphet (uppercse nd lowercse), the numers 0 through 9, -, nd _. If emroidery dt lrger thn 30 cm 18 cm (pprox. 12 inches 7 inches) is selected, messge is shown sking if you wish to rotte the pttern 90 degrees. Even fter eing rotted 90 degrees, emroidery dt lrger thn 30 cm 18 cm (pprox. 12 inches 7 inches) cnnot e used. (All designs must e within the 30 cm 18 cm (pprox. 12 inches 7 inches) design field size.).pes files sved with the numer of stitches or the numer of colors exceeding the specified limits cnnot e displyed. The comined design cn not exceed mximum numer of 500,000 stitches or mximum numer of 125 color chnges (Aove numers re pproximte, depending on the overll size of the design). Use one of our design softwre progrms to edit the emroidery pttern so tht it meets these specifictions. Emroidery dt stored in folder creted in USB medi cn e retrieved. E-44

227 USING THE MEMORY FUNCTION Do not crete folders in Removle Disk on computer. If emroidery dt is stored in folder in Removle Disk, tht emroidery dt cnnot e retrieved y the mchine. Even if the emroidery unit is not ttched, the mchine will recognize emroidery dt. Tjim (.dst) Emroidery Dt.dst dt is displyed in the pttern list screen y file nme (the ctul imge cnnot e displyed). Only the first eight chrcters of the file nme cn e displyed. Since Tjim (.dst) dt does not contin specific thred color informtion, it is displyed with our defult thred color sequence. Check the preview nd chnge the thred colors s desired. Sving Emroidery Ptterns in the Mchine s ry You cn sve emroidery ptterns tht you hve customized nd will use often; for exmple, your nme, ptterns tht hve een rotted or hd the size chnged, ptterns tht hve hd the sewing position chnged, etc. A totl of out 1 MB of ptterns cn e sved in the mchine's memory. Press. * Press to return to the originl screen without sving. The Sving screen is displyed. When the pttern is sved, the disply returns to the originl screen utomticlly. If the ry is Full If the screen elow displys, either the mximum numer of ptterns hve een sved or the pttern you wnt to sve tkes lot of memory, nd the mchine cnnot sve it. If you delete previously sved pttern, you cn sve the current pttern. Press. * Press to return to the originl screen without sving. E 1 Emroidery Do not turn the min power to OFF while the Sving screen is displyed. You will lose the pttern you re sving. It tkes few seconds to sve pttern to the mchine s memory. See pge E-48 for informtion on retrieving sved pttern. Press when the pttern you wnt to sve is in the emroidery screen. The mchine displys the ptterns currently sved. Emroidering E-45

228 USING THE MEMORY FUNCTION Select the pttern you wnt to delete. Sving Emroidery Ptterns to USB Medi When sending emroidery ptterns from the mchine to USB medi, plug the USB medi into the mchine s USB port. c Press. USB medi is commercilly ville, ut some USB medi my not e usle with this mchine. Plese visit our wesite for more detils. Depending on the type of USB medi eing used, either directly plug the USB device into the mchine s USB port or plug the USB medi Reder/Writer into the mchine s USB port. The USB medi cn e inserted or removed t ny time except while sving or deleting pttern. Amount of memory used y the pttern to e deleted Amount of memory needed to sve the current pttern Press when the pttern you wnt to sve is in the emroidery screen. d Press. * If you decide not to delete the pttern, press. The Sving screen displys. When the pttern is sved, the disply returns to the originl screen utomticlly. Do not turn the min power to OFF while the Sving screen is displyed. You will lose the pttern you re sving. If there is enough memory ville fter deleting the pttern, the pttern you wnt to sve will e sved utomticlly. If there is not enough memory ville fter deleting the pttern, repet the steps ove to delete nother pttern from the mchine s memory. It tkes few seconds to sve pttern. See pge E-48 for more informtion out retrieving sved ptterns. E-46

229 USING THE MEMORY FUNCTION Insert the USB medi into the USB port on the mchine. Sving Emroidery Ptterns in the Computer Using the included USB cle, the mchine cn e connected to your computer, nd the emroidery ptterns cn e temporrily retrieved from nd sved in the Removle Disk folder in your computer. A totl of out 772 KB of emroidery ptterns cn e sved in the Removle Disk, ut the sved emroidery ptterns re deleted when the mchine is turned OFF. E 1 Emroidery USB port for mouse/medi (USB 2.0) USB medi The processing speed my vry y quntity of dt. Do not insert nything other thn USB medi into the USB medi port. Otherwise, the USB medi drive my e dmged. c Press. * Press to return to the originl screen without sving. Do not turn the min power to OFF while the Sving screen is displyed. You will lose the pttern you re sving. Plug the USB cle connector into the corresponding USB ports for the computer nd for the mchine. Turn on your computer nd select Computer (My computer). * The USB cle cn e plugged into the USB ports on the computer nd emroidery mchine whether or not they re turned on. The Sving screen is displyed. When the pttern is sved, the disply returns to the originl screen utomticlly. Do not insert or remove USB medi while Sving screen is displyed. You will lose some or ll of the pttern you re sving. USB port for computer USB cle connector The Removle Disk icon will pper in Computer (My computer) on the computer. The connectors on the USB cle cn only e inserted into port in one direction. If it is difficult to insert the connector, do not insert it with force. Check the orienttion of the connector. For detils on the position of the USB port on the computer (or USB hu), refer to the instruction mnul for the corresponding equipment. Emroidering E-47

230 USING THE MEMORY FUNCTION c Press when the pttern you wnt to sve is in the emroidery screen. Retrieving Ptterns from the Mchine s ry Press. d Press. * Press to return to the originl screen without sving. The mchine displys the ptterns currently in the memory. Press the key of the pttern you wnt to retrieve. * Press to return to the originl screen. The pttern will e temporrily sved to Removle Disk under Computer (My computer). e Select the pttern s.phc file in Removle Disk nd copy the file to the computer. c Press. The emroidery screen is displyed. E-48

231 USING THE MEMORY FUNCTION Reclling from USB Medi You cn recll specific emroidery pttern from either direct USB medi or folder in the USB medi. If the pttern is in folder, check ech folder to find the emroidery pttern. E 1 The processing speed my vry y quntity of dt. Insert the USB medi into the USB port on the mchine (see pge E-46). c Emroidery Folder nme Emroidery ptterns in USB medi c Pth * The pth to shows the current folder t the top of the list. Emroidery ptterns nd sufolders within folder re displyed. USB port for mouse/medi (USB 2.0) USB medi Press. d * Press to return to the previous folder. * Use the computer to crete folders. Folders cnnot e creted with the mchine. Press the key of the pttern you wnt to retrieve. * Press to return to the originl screen. e Press. * Press to delete the pttern. The pttern will e deleted from the USB medi. Emroidery ptterns nd folder in top folder re displyed. c Press when there is sufolder to sort two or more stitch ptterns to USB medi, the emroidery pttern in the sufolder is displyed. * Press to return to the originl screen without reclling. The emroidery screen is displyed. Emroidering E-49

232 USING THE MEMORY FUNCTION Reclling from the Computer d Press. Plug the USB cle connector into the corresponding USB ports for the computer nd for the mchine (see pge E-47). On the computer, open Computer (My computer) then go to Removle Disk. e The ptterns in the computer re displyed on the selection screen. Press the key of the pttern you wnt to recll. * Press to return to the originl screen. c Move/copy the pttern dt to Removle Disk. f Press. Pttern dt in Removle Disk is written to the mchine. While dt is eing written, do not disconnect the USB cle. Do not crete folders within Removle Disk. Since folders re not displyed, stitch pttern dt within folders cnnot e reclled. The emroidery screen is displyed. E-50

233 EMBROIDERY APPLICATIONS EMBROIDERY APPLICATIONS Using Frme Pttern to Mke n Appliqué (1) You cn use frmed ptterns of the sme size nd shpe to crete n ppliqué. Emroider one pttern with stright stitch nd one pttern with stin stitch. c Apply thin lyer of fric glue or temporry spry dhesive to the rer of the ppliqué creted in step. Attch the ppliqué to the se fric mtching the shpes. E 1 Emroidery Select stright stitch frme pttern. Emroider the pttern onto the ppliqué mteril, then cut netly round the outside of the shpe. d Select the stin stitch frme pttern of the sme shpe s the ppliqué. Emroider over the ppliqué nd se fric from step c to crete the ppliqué. Emroider the sme pttern from step onto the se fric. If you chnge the size or position of the ptterns when selecting them, mke note of the size nd loction. Appliqué mteril Emroidering E-51

234 EMBROIDERY APPLICATIONS Using Frme Pttern to Mke n Appliqué (2) d Remove the emroidery frme from the emroidery unit, nd cut round the outside of the stitches. This is second method to mke ppliqué using emroidery ptterns. You do not hve to chnge the fric in the emroidery frme using this method. Emroider one pttern with stright stitch nd one pttern with stin stitch. Select stright stitch frme pttern, nd emroider the pttern onto the se fric. e Do not remove the fric from the emroidery frme to cut it. Also, do not pull or push on the fric. Otherwise, the fric my loosen in the frme. Select the stin stitch frme pttern of the sme shpe s the ppliqué. Plce the ppliqué fric over the pttern emroidered in step. * Be sure tht the ppliqué fric completely covers the stitched line. c Emroider the sme pttern on the ppliqué fric. Do not chnge the size or position of the pttern. If you chnge the size or position of the ptterns when selecting them, mke note of the size nd loction. Appliqué mteril E-52

235 EMBROIDERY APPLICATIONS f Rettch the emroidery frme to the emroidery unit, nd emroider the stin stitch pttern to crete n ppliqué. Connect to the mchine the medi contining the creted split emroidery pttern, nd then select the split emroidery pttern to e emroidered. * For detils on reclling ptterns, refer to Selecting Ptterns from Emroidery Crds on pge E-7, Reclling from USB Medi on pge E-49, or Reclling from the Computer on pge E-50. E 1 Emroidery Sewing Split Emroidery Ptterns Split emroidery ptterns creted with PE-DESIGN Ver.7 or lter, or PE-DESIGN NEXT cn e sewn. With split emroidery ptterns, emroidery designs lrger thn the emroidery hoop re divided into multiple sections, which comine to crete single pttern fter ech section is sewn. For detils on creting split emroidery ptterns nd for more detiled sewing instructions, refer to the Instruction mnul included with PE-DESIGN Ver.7 or lter, or PE-DESIGN NEXT. The following procedure descries how to red the split emroidery pttern shown elow from USB medi nd emroider it. A screen ppers so tht section of the split emroidery pttern cn e selected. Select section to e emroidered. * Select the sections in lpheticl order. * A mximum of 12 sections cn e displyed in one pge. If there re 13 or more sections in the pttern, press or to disply the previous or next pge. Emroidering E-53

236 EMBROIDERY APPLICATIONS c Press. e Press the Strt/Stop utton to emroider the pttern section. f When emroidering is finished, the following screen ppers. Press. d If necessry, edit the pttern. g A screen ppers so tht section of the split emroidery pttern cn e selected. Repet steps through f to emroider the remining sections of the pttern. * For detils, refer to REVISING THE PATTERN on pge E-36. The pttern cn e rotted 90 to either the left or right when is pressed. E-54

237 EMBROIDERY APPLICATIONS E 1 Emroidery Emroidering E-55

238 EEmroidering Chpter 2 Emroidery Edit EXPLANATION OF FUNCTIONS...57 SELECTING PATTERNS TO EDIT...58 Selecting Emroidery Ptterns/Brother Exclusives /Florl Alphet Ptterns/Frme/Boin Work Ptterns...59 Selecting Alphet Chrcter Ptterns...59 EDITING PATTERNS...61 Key Functions Moving the Pttern...63 Rotting the Pttern...63 Chnging the Size of the Pttern...63 Deleting the Pttern...63 Displying Ptterns in the Screen Mgnified y 200%...63 Chnging the Configurtion of Chrcter Ptterns...64 Chnging Chrcter Spcing...64 Reducing Chrcter Spcing...65 Seprting Comined Chrcter Ptterns...65 Chnging the Color of Ech Alphet Chrcter in Pttern...66 Emroidering Linked Chrcters...67 Chnging the Thred Color...67 Creting Custom Thred Tle...68 Adding Color to the Custom Thred Tle from the List Sving the Custom Thred Tle to USB medi Reclling the Custom Thred Tle dt from USB medi Choosing Color from the Custom Thred Tle...71 Designing Repeted Ptterns...72 Sewing Repeted Ptterns Repeting One Element of Repeted Pttern Color Sorting Repeted Ptterns Assigning Thred Mrks Emroidering the Pttern Repetedly...76 Duplicting Pttern...78 After Editing...79 COMBINING PATTERNS...80 Editing Comined Ptterns...80 Selecting comined emroidery ptterns Sewing Comined Ptterns...83 VARIOUS EMBROIDERING FUNCTIONS...84 Uninterrupted Emroidering (Monochrome - Using Single Color)...84 Bsting Emroidery...84 USING THE MEMORY FUNCTION... 85

239 EXPLANATION OF FUNCTIONS EXPLANATION OF FUNCTIONS With the Emroidery Edit functions, you cn comine emroidery ptterns nd chrcter ptterns, chnge the size of ptterns, rotte ptterns, nd perform mny other editing functions. This mchine cn perform the 9 functions listed elow. Comine Ptterns You cn esily crete comintions of emroidery ptterns, frme ptterns, chrcter ptterns, ptterns from the mchine s memory, ptterns from seprtely sold emroidery crds, nd mny other ptterns. Move Ptterns Within the 30 cm 18 cm (pprox. 12 inches 7 inches) wide emroidery re, you cn chnge the position of ptterns, nd check the position on the LCD. E 2 Emroidery Edit Rotte Ptterns You cn rotte ptterns one degree, ten degrees or ninety degrees t time. Enlrge or Reduce Ptterns You cn mke ptterns lrger or smller. This function is not ville for some ptterns. Crete Mirror Imges You cn crete horizontl mirror imges. This function is not ville for some ptterns. Chnge Alphet Chrcter Spcing You cn increse or decrese the spcing etween chrcters in comined ptterns. Chnge Alphet Chrcter Appernce/Lyout You cn chnge the lyout of the chrcters to curved line, digonl, etc. There re 6 choices totl. Chnge the Thred Colors of Ptterns You cn chnge the thred colors of the pttern to your fvorite colors. Creting Repeting Pttern You cn dd copies of pttern to crete pttern tht repets in verticl or horizontl direction. Emroidering E-57

240 SELECTING PATTERNS TO EDIT SELECTING PATTERNS TO EDIT Prepre the mchine for emroidery ccording to the instructions on BEFORE EMBROIDERING of Bsic opertions, nd press, then to disply the screen elow. c f d e g h i j Emroidery ptterns Brother Exclusives c Florl lphet ptterns d Frme ptterns e Chrcter ptterns f Boin work ptterns (see Appendix ) g Ptterns sved in the mchine s memory (see pge E-48) h Ptterns sved in USB medi (see pge E-49) i Ptterns sved on the computer (see pge E-50) j Press this key to position the emroidery unit for storge. See included Quick Reference Guide for more informtion on ech ctegory s selection screen. E-58

241 SELECTING PATTERNS TO EDIT Selecting Emroidery Ptterns/Brother Exclusives /Florl Alphet Ptterns/Frme/Boin Work Ptterns Select the ctegory of the pttern. * Refer to How to Crete Boin Work of Appendix out the oin work ptterns. Press the key of the pttern you wnt to edit. * See pge E-4 nd E-7 for more informtion on selecting ptterns. The pttern is displyed in the top prt of the screen. Selecting Alphet Chrcter Ptterns When you select chrcter ptterns from the Emroidery Edit screen, you cn edit the ppernce of the pttern t the sme time. Press. E 2 Emroidery Edit c Press. Select the font, then enter the chrcters. (Exmple: A B C) * See pge E-5 for more informtion out selecting chrcters. d The pttern selected for editing is outlined in red on the Emroidery Edit disply. Proceed to EDITING PATTERNS on pge E-61 to edit the pttern. Emroidering E-59

242 SELECTING PATTERNS TO EDIT c Press pttern. to chnge the lyout of the f After you finish your selections, press. * If the chrcters re too smll to see, press to view disply of ll entered chrcters. d Select the lyout. (Exmple: ) When selecting n rc, use nd to chnge the degree of the rc. g The Emroidery Edit screen will pper. Proceed to EDITING PATTERNS on pge E-61 to edit the pttern. * Press to mke the rc fltter. * Press to mke the rc rounder. When selecting, nd chnge to nd. You cn increse or decrese the incline. e Press to return to the originl screen. E-60

243 EDITING PATTERNS EDITING PATTERNS E 2 d d Emroidery Edit c e c e Shows the size of the entire comined pttern. Shows the size of the pttern currently selected. c Shows the distnce from the center of the frme. d Shows the color sequence nd times of ech step of the pttern currently selected. e Shows the degree of rottion for the pttern. If key disply is light gry, you cnnot use tht function with the selected pttern. Emroidering E-61

244 EDITING PATTERNS Key Functions f c d e g h i p n m l k j o No. Disply Key Nme Explntion Pge Mgnify key Press this key to mgnify the pttern y 200% in the screen. E-63 Thred plette key Press this key to chnge the colors of the displyed pttern. E-67 c Rotte key Press this key to rotte the pttern. You cn rotte pttern one degree, ten E-38 degrees or ninety degrees t time. d Size key Press this key to chnge the size of the pttern. Ptterns cn e enlrged or E-37 reduced. e Arry key Press this key to chnge the configurtion of chrcter pttern. E-64 f Multi color key Press this key to chnge the color of individul chrcters in pttern. E-66 g Chrcter spcing key Press this key to chnge the spcing of chrcter ptterns. E-64 h Add key Press this key to dd nother pttern to the editing pttern. E-79 i Delete key Press this key to delete the selected pttern (the pttern outlined y the red E-63 ox). j Emroidery key Press this key to cll up the Emroidery screen. E-79 k Pttern select key When comined pttern is selected, use these keys to select prt of the pttern to edit. E-64 l Duplicte key Press this key to duplicte pttern. E-78 m Density key Press this key to chnge the density of frme ptterns or chrcter ptterns. E-40 n Horizontl mirror imge key Press this key to mke horizontl mirror imge of the selected pttern. E-39 o Border key Press this key to mke nd edit repeting pttern. E-72 p Arrow keys Press these keys to move the pttern in the direction indicted y the rrow on E-36 ( Center key) the key. (Press to return the pttern to its originl position.) E-62

245 EDITING PATTERNS Moving the Pttern For detils on moving the pttern, refer to Moving the Pttern on pge E-36. Rotting the Pttern Displying Ptterns in the Screen Mgnified y 200% Press. E 2 For detils on rotting the pttern, refer to Rotting the Pttern on pge E-38. Chnging the Size of the Pttern Emroidery Edit For detils on chnging the size of the pttern, refer to Chnging the Size of the Pttern on pge E-37. Deleting the Pttern Press to delete the pttern from the screen. The pttern is mgnified y 200%. Check the displyed pttern. Use in ny direction. to scroll through the disply c To disply the pttern ck to the norml size (100%), press. Emroidering E-63

246 EDITING PATTERNS Chnging the Configurtion of Chrcter Ptterns Press. Chnging Chrcter Spcing Press. Press the key of the lyout you wnt to emroider. * See pge E-60 for more informtion out lyout types. Use to chnge the spcing. * Press to increse the chrcter spcing. * Press to decrese the chrcter spcing. * Press to return the pttern to its originl ppernce. The disply will show the selected lyout. c Press. c Press to return to the originl screen. E-64

247 EDITING PATTERNS Reducing Chrcter Spcing The spcing etween chrcters cn e reduced to 50% of the nrrowest chrcter in the group. It is not recommended to edit dt nd trnsfer to other or older version mchines. Sme fetures do not pply in other mchines, so prolems my occur. Chrcter spcing cn e reduced only when chrcters re rrnged normlly on stright line. Seprting Comined Chrcter Ptterns Comined chrcter ptterns cn e seprted to djust the chrcter spcing or to seprtely edit the ptterns fter ll chrcters hve een entered. Press. E 2 Emroidery Edit Press. The key ppers s. Emroidering E-65

248 EDITING PATTERNS c Use to select where the pttern is to e seprted, nd then press to seprte it. For this exmple, the pttern will e seprted etween T nd. Chnging the Color of Ech Alphet Chrcter in Pttern Press so you cn ssign thred color to ech chrcter. d Use A seprted chrcter pttern cnnot e comined gin. to select pttern, nd Chnge the thred to sew ech chrcter in different color. * Press to chnge the colors in the sewing order. then use to djust the chrcter spcing. Color for ech chrcter e Press. E-66

249 EDITING PATTERNS Emroidering Linked Chrcters You cn emroider linked chrcters exmpled elow, in single row when the pttern extends eyond the emroidery frme. For detils on emroidering linked chrcters, refer to Emroidering Linked Chrcters on pge E-41. Exmple: Linking DEF to the chrcters ABC c Press to choose new color from the color plette. * To return to the originl color, press. If multiple colors hve een chnged, this commnd will return ll colors to their originl colors. * You cn select colors from the color plette y directly touching the color selection with the touch pen. E 2 Emroidery Edit Chnging the Thred Color You cn chnge the thred color y moving the color to e chnged to the top of the sewing order nd selecting new color from the thred colors in the mchine. In the pttern editing screen, press. Color plette The selected color ppers t the top of the sewing order. d Press. The thred color plette screen displys. Press or to put the color you wnt to chnge t the top of the sewing order. 64 Emroidery threds tle The disply shows the chnged colors. To select color from the Custom Thred Tle, Choosing Color from the Custom Thred Tle on pge E-71. Emroidering E-67

250 EDITING PATTERNS Creting Custom Thred Tle You cn crete custom thred tle contining the thred colors tht you most often use. You cn select thred colors from the mchine s extensive list of thred colors from nine different thred rnds. You cn select ny color nd move the color to your custom thred tle. c Use to select one of the thred rnds in the mchine. Some mchines my lredy hve n dditionl 300 Roison-Anton thred colors contined in the custom thred tle. 300 Roison-Anton thred colors tle dt cn e downloded from our wesite In the pttern editing screen, press nd then press. d Use to enter color s 4-digit numer. * If you mke mistke, press to erse the entered numer, nd then enter the correct numer. Use to choose where to dd color on the custom thred tle. * You cn choose colors from the custom thred tle y directly touching the screen with the touch pen. * You cn scroll through 100 colors t time using nd on the custom thred tle. Thred rnd E-68 Custom thred tle Press to recll the custom thred tle dt (See pge E-70)

251 EDITING PATTERNS e Press. g Press to return to the originl screen. E 2 Emroidery Edit Thred rnd Entered thred color numer The selected thred color is set in the custom thred tle. If is not pressed, the thred color numer will not e chnged. Adding Color to the Custom Thred Tle from the List Repet the previous steps through c on pge E-68. Press to disply the thred list. f Repet the previous steps until ll desired thred colors re specified. * To delete specified color from the plette, select the color to e deleted, nd then press. * To delete ll the specified color from the plette, press. c Use to select thred color. You cn sve the creted custom thred tle dt. Refer to Sving the Custom Thred Tle to USB medi on pge E-70 for the detiled procedure. Thred list Thred rnd d Press. Emroidering E-69

252 EDITING PATTERNS e Repet the previous steps until ll desired thred colors re specified. * To delete specified color from the plette, select the color to e deleted, nd then press. * To delete ll the specified color from the plette, press. d Press. f Press to return to the originl screen. Sving the Custom Thred Tle to USB medi You cn sve custom thred tle dt file to USB medi. Custom thred tle dt cn only e sved to USB medi. You cnnot sve the dt in the mchine s memory or in the computer. Custom thred tle dt is sved s.pcp dt file. Press nd then press. The Sving screen is displyed. When the dt is sved, the disply returns to the originl screen utomticlly. Do not insert or remove USB medi while Sving screen is displyed. You will lose some or ll of the dt you re sving. Reclling the Custom Thred Tle dt from USB medi You cn recll custom thred tle dt from USB medi. Set your desired colors in the custom thred tle ccording to the procedure in Creting Custom Thred Tle on pge E-68. Do not store two or more.pcp dt file in USB medi. You cn only recll one custom thred tle dt t time. Insert the USB medi contining the custom thred tle dt into the USB port. c Insert the USB medi into the USB port on the mchine. USB port for mouse/medi (USB 2.0) USB medi E-70 USB port for mouse/medi (USB 2.0) USB medi

253 EDITING PATTERNS Press nd then press. c Press. Choosing Color from the Custom Thred Tle You cn select color from the up to 300 thred colors you hve set in the custom thred tle. Press. E 2 Emroidery Edit The thred color plette screen displys. Press or to put the color you wnt to chnge t the top of the sewing order. d The Sving screen is displyed. When the dt is loded to the mchine, the disply returns to the originl screen utomticlly. Do not insert or remove USB medi while Sving screen is displyed. You will lose some or ll of the dt you re sving. The reclled custom thred tle is displyed on the screen. Emroidering E-71

254 EDITING PATTERNS c Press. Designing Repeted Ptterns Sewing Repeted Ptterns Using the order function, you cn crete stitches using repeted ptterns. You cn lso djust the spcing of the ptterns within repeted pttern stitch. Select pttern, nd then press. Press. Custom thred chnge key The custom thred tle will pper. d Press to choose new color from the custom thred tle. * Use nd to scroll through the custom thred tle. * Press to return to the originl color. * You cn choose colors from the custom thred tle y directly touching the screen with the touch pen. c Select the direction in which the pttern will e repeted. Custom thred tle The disply shows the chnged colors. e Press. c e E-72

255 EDITING PATTERNS Adjust the spcing of the repeted pttern. e * To widen spcing, press. * To tighten spcing, press. E 2 Emroidery Edit d e Verticl direction Horizontl direction c Repeting nd deleting verticl keys d Repeting nd deleting horizontl keys e Spcing keys The pttern direction indictor will chnge depending on the direction selected. Press to chnge repeted pttern ck to one single pttern. d Use to repet the pttern on top nd to repet the pttern t the ottom. You cn only djust the spcing of ptterns included in the red frme. * To delete the top pttern, press. * To delete the ottom pttern, press. f Complete repeted ptterns y repeting steps c through e. g Press to finish repeting. When there re two or more ptterns, ll ptterns will e grouped together s one pttern in the red frme. When chnging the direction in which the pttern will e repeted, ll of the ptterns in the red frme will utomticlly e grouped s one repeting unit. Press to chnge repeted pttern ck to one single pttern. See the following section on how to repet one element of repeted pttern. Emroidering E-73

256 EDITING PATTERNS Repeting One Element of Repeted Pttern By using the Cut function, you cn select one element of repeted pttern nd repet only tht single element. This function llows you to design complex repeted ptterns. c Press. Choose the direction in which the repeted pttern will e cut. * Press to cut horizontlly. * Press to cut verticlly. The repeted pttern will e divided into seprte elements. d Press. e Use nd to select the element to repet. The pttern direction indictor will chnge depending on the direction selected. Use nd to select the cut line. Repet the selected element. f The cut line will move. E-74

257 EDITING PATTERNS g Press to finish repeting. E 2 Emroidery Edit Once you hve cut repeted pttern into seprte elements, you cnnot return to the originl repeted pttern. Ech element cn e edited seprtely in the edit screen. See Selecting comined emroidery ptterns on pge E-82. Color Sorting Repeted Ptterns Press to utomticlly chnge the sewing order of colors in comined order emroidery ptterns so tht the sme color cn e continuously sewn. This llows you to continue sewing without repetedly chnging the upper thred or chnging the sewing order mnully. In comined stitch ptterns tht contin two or more order ptterns or other ptterns comined with order ptterns, the sewing order of only the order ptterns is chnged. When group of two or more ptterns using order ptterns is repeted, the sewing order is chnged so tht the sme color cn e sewn continuously in ech pttern. Assigning Thred Mrks By sewing thred mrks, you cn esily lign ptterns when emroidering series. When sewing is finished on pttern, thred mrk in the shpe of n rrow will e sewn using the finl thred. When sewing series of ptterns, use the point of this rrow for positioning the following designs to e sewn. When repetedly sewing individul ptterns, thred mrks cn e sewn round the perimeter of the pttern only. Emroidering E-75

258 EDITING PATTERNS Press. d Press. Press. c Press sewn. to select the thred mrk to e Emroidering the Pttern Repetedly After creting the repeted pttern, rehoop the emroidery frme nd keep sewing for the next pttern. The optionl order frme llows you to esily rehoop the fric without removing the emroidery frme from the mchine. When there re two or more elements, use nd or nd to select pttern tht you wnt to ssign thred mrk(s) to. E-76

259 EDITING PATTERNS Crete the repeted pttern with the thred mrk t the center of the end of the pttern. * Refer to Assigning Thred Mrks on pge E-75. e Rehoop the fric in the emroidery frme. Adjust the position of the fric so tht the emroidering re for the next pttern is within the emroidering re of the emroidery sheet. E 2 Emroidery Edit Press, then. c Press the Strt/Stop utton to egin emroidering. When emroidering is finished, the thred mrk is sewn with the lst thred color. f Pttern emroidered first Position of pttern to e emroidered next c Emroidering re of emroidery sheet Attch the emroidery frme to the mchine, nd then touch. d Remove the emroidery frme. Emroidering E-77

260 EDITING PATTERNS g Touch to set the strting point to the center top of the pttern. Duplicting Pttern Press. h Touch. i Press the positioning keys to move the emroidery frme until the strting point is ligned with the thred mrk on the fric. The duplicte is positioned over the originl pttern. Duplicted pttern Positioning keys * Press to check the emroidering position. Remove the thred mrk. j If multiple ptterns re displyed in the screen, only the pttern selected using nd is duplicted. Move nd edit ech duplicted pttern individully. k Press the Strt/Stop utton to egin emroidering. E-78

261 EDITING PATTERNS After Editing Press. E 2 Emroidery Edit * To comine the pttern with other ptterns, select (see pge E-80). * See pge E-21 for more informtion out sewing ptterns. If you wnt to return to the edit screen fter pressing, press. Emroidering E-79

262 COMBINING PATTERNS COMBINING PATTERNS Editing Comined Ptterns Select. Exmple: Comining lphet chrcters with n emroidery pttern nd editing Press pttern. to select n emroidery c Press. E-80

263 d Press. f Select COMBINING PATTERNS nd enter Flower. * After selecting, press to chnge the chrcter cse, then enter the remining chrcters. E 2 Emroidery Edit e Press chrcters. to enter the lphet The chrcters you enter will e displyed in the center of the disply. * Press to return to the previous screen. g Press. h Use to move the chrcters. * With USB mouse, your finger or the touch pen, drg the chrcters to move them. i Press to chnge the lyout of the chrcters. Press. * See pge E-64 for more informtion out chnging the lyout. Emroidering E-81

264 COMBINING PATTERNS j Press to chnge the color of the chrcters. * See pge E-67 for more informtion out chnging the color. Use to select ptterns tht re overlpping nd cnnot e selected y clicking them or y touching the screen. k When ll editing is finished, press. Selecting comined emroidery ptterns If multiple ptterns hve een comined, use to select the pttern to e edited. If USB mouse is connected, the pttern cn e selected y clicking it. Move the mouse to position the pointer over the desired pttern, nd then click the left mouse utton. In ddition, ptterns cn e selected y directly touching the screen with your finger or touch pen. E-82

265 COMBINING PATTERNS Sewing Comined Ptterns Comined ptterns will e emroidered in the order they were entered. In this exmple, the emroidery order will e s follows: Emroider. E 2 Follow the directions in Sewing Emroidery Ptterns on pge E-22. Emroidery Edit Emroider y following the color order on the right side of the disply. After the flowers re emroidered, the [+] cursor will move to the Flower prt of the pttern. Emroidering E-83

266 VARIOUS EMBROIDERING FUNCTIONS VARIOUS EMBROIDERING FUNCTIONS Uninterrupted Emroidering (Monochrome - Using Single Color) A selected pttern cn e stitched out in one color insted of multicolor. The mchine will hesitte ut not stop etween color steps, nd then continue till the pttern is completed. Press for the multicolor steps to ecome shded nd the selected pttern will emroider in single color, insted of chnging the thred while emroidering. Press gin to return to the pttern s originl settings. Press. In the Emroidery Bsting Distnce disply, use nd to specify the distnce from the pttern to the sting stitching. The higher the setting, the frther the sting is from the pttern. The setting remins selected even if the mchine is turned off. c Press screen. to return to the previous d Press. e Press to select the sting setting. Bsting Emroidery Before emroidering, sting stitches cn e sewn long the outline of the pttern. This is useful for emroidering fric tht cnnot hve stilizer mteril ffixed with n iron or dhesive. By stitching stilizer mteril to the fric, shrinkge of the stitching or misligned pttern cn e minimized. It is recommended to finish comining nd editing the pttern efore selecting the sting setting. If the pttern is edited fter selecting the sting setting, the sting nd pttern my ecome misligned, nd the sting under the pttern my e difficult to remove fter emroidering is complete. When is pressed, the pttern is moved to the center. After selecting the sting setting, move the pttern to the desired position. E-84

267 USING THE MEMORY FUNCTION f To cncel the setting, press. Bsting is dded to the eginning of the sewing order. Press the Strt/Stop utton to egin emroidering. g USING THE MEMORY FUNCTION When emroidering is finished, remove the sting stitching. E 2 Emroidery Edit In the sme wy s emroidery ptterns in Chpter 1, you cn sve nd retrieve edited emroidery ptterns to nd from the mchine s memory, personl computer, or USB medi. Refer to the relevnt sections in Chpter 1 on sving nd retrieving emroidery ptterns nd follow the sme procedures in order to sve nd retrieve edited emroidery ptterns. See pge E-44 for more informtion out the memory function. Emroidering E-85

268 USING THE MEMORY FUNCTION E-86

269 Appendix This section provides importnt informtion for operting this mchine. Plese red this section to find trouleshooting tips nd pointers s well s how to keep your mchine in the est working order. Pge numer strts with A in this section. The screen disply nd mchine illustrtion my vry slightly, depending on the countries or regions. Chpter1 How to Crete Boin Work... A-2 Chpter2 Mintennce nd Trouleshooting... A-18

270 A Appendix Chpter 1 How to Crete Boin Work ABOUT BOBBIN WORK...3 PREPARING FOR BOBBIN WORK...3 Required Mterils...3 Boin cse nd oin cover... 3 Lower thred... 4 Upper thred... 4 Needle... 4 Presser foot... 4 Fric... 4 Upper Threding...4 Prepring the Boin Thred...5 When tension is pplied to the oin thred... 6 When tension is not pplied to the oin thred... 7 CREATING BOBBIN WORK (SEWING)...9 Positioning the Fric nd Sewing...9 Finishing the thred ends Boin Work Free Motion Sewing...11 CREATING BOBBIN WORK (EMBROIDERY)...12 Selecting the Pttern...12 Strt Emroidering...14 ADJUSTING THE THREAD TENSION...16 Adjusting the upper thred tension Adjusting the tension of the oin thred TROUBLESHOOTING...17 The thred ws ccidentlly cut utomticlly nd the oin thred is cught inside the mchine Correcting oin work tension The oin thred ctches on the tension spring of the oin cse... 17

271 ABOUT BOBBIN WORK ABOUT BOBBIN WORK Beutiful emroidery work, with three-dimensionl ppernce, cn e creted y winding the oin with medium to hevy weight thred or rion, which is too thick to e threded through the mchine s needle. The decortive thred or rion will stitch out on the underneth side of fric while sewing with the fric wrong side fcing up. A 1 How to Crete Boin Work 1. Utility stitches 2. Decortive stitches 3. Free motion sewing Boin work emroidery is sewn using the oin work ptterns included with this mchine. PREPARING FOR BOBBIN WORK Required Mterils Boin cse nd oin cover Boin cover There re two smll v-shped ts on the ck of the oin cover s indicted y the letter B. The ts help hold the oin in plce so it does not lift up while thick thred is eing pulled through. Boin cse (gry) There is notch t the loction indicted y the letter A. Appendix A-3

272 PREPARING FOR BOBBIN WORK Lower thred We recommend the following types of threds for oin work. Presser foot Utility stitches or decortive stitches: Monogrmming foot N No.5 or finer hnd emroidery thred or decortive thred Flexile woven rion (When emroidering: pprox. 2 mm (pprox. 5/64 inch) is recommended) Free motion sewing: Free motion open toe quilting foot O <Sewing only> Fine emroidery rion (silk or silk-like mteril) (3.5 mm (pprox. 1/8 inch) or less is recommended) Emroidery foot W or emroidery foot with LED pointer W+ * When wide rion or hevy weight threds re eing used, we recommend test sewing with nd without oin cse tension eing pplied to see which gives the est stitching results. If wide rion such s 3.5 mm (pprox. 1/8 inch) is to e used, we recommend tht oin cse tension not e pplied. Refer to pge A-7 for more detiled instructions. Upper thred Sewing mchine emroidery thred (polyester thred) or monofilment (trnsprent nylon) thred. If you do not wish for the upper thred to e visile, we recommend using trnsprent nylon monofilment thred or polyester light weight thred (50 wt. or ove) tht is the sme color s the lower thred. Needle Do not use thred hevier thn No.5 hnd emroidery thred. Some threds my not e pproprite for oin work. Be sure to sew tril stitches efore sewing on your project. Use needle pproprite for the upper thred nd fric eing used. Refer to Fric/Thred/Needle Comintions on pge B-57 nd Emroidery Step y Step on pge B-58. Fric Be sure to sew tril stitches on piece of scrp fric, which includes the sme threds nd fric s wht is eing used in your project. Upper Threding The sewing results my e ffected y the type of fric used. Before sewing your project, e sure to sew tril stitches on piece of scrp fric tht is the sme s the fric used in the project. Instll needle pproprite for the upper thred nd fric to e used. For detils on instlling the needle, refer to CHANGING THE NEEDLE on pge B-55. Attch the presser foot. Thred the mchine with the upper thred. c For detils on threding the mchine, refer to Upper Threding on pge B-46. A-4

273 Prepring the Boin Thred In order to crete oin work, the oin cse must e replced with the one for oin work. Before creting oin work, clen the oin cse nd the rce. f g PREPARING FOR BOBBIN WORK Wipe the oin cse (gry) with soft lint free cloth to clen it. Insert the oin cse so tht the mrk on the oin cse ligns with the mrk on the mchine. A 1 c Rise the needle nd presser foot, nd then turn off the mchine. Remove the flt ed ttchment or emroidery unit. Grsp oth sides of the needle plte cover, nd then slide it towrd you to remove it. How to Crete Boin Work Needle plte cover * Align the nd mrks. d Remove the oin cse. e Boin cse Use the clening rush included with the mchine or vcuum clener to remove ny lint nd dust from the rce nd its surrounding re. mrk mrk c Boin cse The oin cse (gry) cnnot e used for sewing in ny wy other thn oin work. After sewing oin work, refer ck to the steps in Prepring the Boin Thred on pge A-5 for removing nd clening the oin cse (gry), nd then reinstll the stndrd oin cse. Clening rush Rce CAUTION Be sure to use the oin cse (gry) when creting oin work. Using ny other oin cse my result in the thred ecoming tngled or dmge to the mchine. Mke sure tht the oin cse is correctly instlled. If the oin cse is incorrectly instlled, the thred my ecome tngled or the mchine my e dmged. Appendix A-5

274 PREPARING FOR BOBBIN WORK h Wind decortive thred round the oin y hnd. After winding the oin so it is filled s shown elow (out 80%), cut the thred. For precutions on winding the oin for emroidering, refer to step of Selecting the Pttern on pge A-12. j Instll the oin wound with thred. Whether or not tension should e pplied to the oin thred depends on the type of thred eing used. When tension is pplied to the oin thred Insert oin into oin cse so the thred unwinds from the left side. Then correctly pss the thred through the tension spring s shown elow. CAUTION Be sure to use the mchine s included oin or one designed specificlly for this mchine. Using ny other oin my result in dmge or injuries. Tension spring * Actul size This model Other models c 11.5 mm (pprox. 7/16 inch) Slowly nd evenly wind the thred round the oin. For est results, wind the oin so the thred is snug nd not twisted. CAUTION When winding the oin, mke sure the thred is not fryed. Sewing with fryed thred my result in the thred ctching on the tension spring of the oin cse, the thred completely ecoming tngled or dmge to the mchine. Do not guide the oin thred through the groove in the needle plte cover, otherwise the lower threding cnnot e done correctly. i Using scissors crefully trim the thred til s close to the oin s possile. Beginning of wound thred CAUTION If thred extends eyond the top of the oin too much, the thred my ecome tngled or the needle my rek. A-6

275 PREPARING FOR BOBBIN WORK When tension is not pplied to the oin thred If the oin thred in the tril stitching is too tight nd djusting the oin cse tension does not help, do not pss the thred through the tension spring. Hold the oin with your left hnd so the thred unwinds from the right side nd hold the end of the thred with your right hnd. m n o Gently pull the upper thred to ring the oin thred up through the needle plte. A loop of the oin thred comes out through the hole in the needle plte. Insert tweezers through oin thred loop nd pull oin thred ove the needle plte. Align the upper thred nd oin thred, nd then pull out out 10 cm (pprox. 4 inches) of the threds nd pss them under the presser foot towrd the rer of the mchine. A 1 How to Crete Boin Work k l Pull out out 8 cm (pprox. 3 inches) of oin thred. Lightly hold the end of the upper thred while turning the hndwheel towrd you (counterclockwise) until the mrk on the hndwheel ligns with the center top of mchine. Appendix A-7

276 PREPARING FOR BOBBIN WORK p Instll the needle plte cover nd oin cover with ts. For detils on instlling the needle plte cover, refer to Clening the Rce on pge A-19. Boin cover Boin cover with ts CAUTION When creting oin work, use the oin cover with ts, otherwise the thred my ecome tngled or the needle my rek. q When instlling the needle plte cover, do not llow it to pinch the thred. Instll the flt ed ttchment or emroidery unit. When instlling the flt ed ttchment or emroidery unit, do not llow it to pinch the thred. When the oin thred is replced with new one, e sure to repet the procedure from, otherwise the lower threding will not e done correctly. This completes the upper nd lower threding. If utility stitches re to e used, refer to CREATING BOBBIN WORK (SEWING) on pge A-9. If emroidery ptterns re to e used, refer to CREATING BOBBIN WORK (EMBROIDERY) on pge A-12. A-8

277 CREATING BOBBIN WORK (SEWING) CREATING BOBBIN WORK (SEWING) Positioning the Fric nd Sewing Recommended stitches for oin work re open iry type stitches. Be sure to sew tril stitches using sme fric nd threds s project in order to check the sewing results. The oin thred my ecome tngled due to the type of pttern nd thred tht re eing used. Since this my cuse the needle to rek, immeditely stop sewing if this occurs. Turn off the mchine nd cut out the tngled thred with scissors. Then, clen the rce nd oin cse s descried in Fric is cught in the mchine nd cnnot e removed on pge A-27. c Increse the upper thred tension. Upper thred tension setting etween 6 nd 8 is recommended for oin work. For detils on djusting the upper thred tension, refer to Setting the Thred Tension of Sewing. Before sewing, check tht there is enough thred in the oin. Mke sure the utomtic thred cutting d ( ) nd utomtic reinforcement stitching ( ) hve een turned off. A 1 How to Crete Boin Work Turn on the mchine. Select stitch in the Utility nd Decortive Stitches mode. For this exmple, press. For est results, select longer stitch length nd wider stitch width. Depending on the selected stitch, it my not e possile to chnge the stitch length nd stitch width settings. Depending on the fric, unched stitches my result. We recommend selecting simple stitch nd sewing tril stitches to check the sewing results. e f CAUTION Before sewing, mke sure the utomtic thred cutting hs een turned off. If sewing is strted with utomtic thred cutting turned on, the thred my ecome tngled or the mchine my e dmged. Plce stilizer on top (wrong side) of the fric. Type nd weight of stilizer will depend on fric nd thred eing used. If thred is too thick to pull through fric to mchine surfce use n wl to punch smll hole in the fric t the eginning of stitching so the oin thred cn e fed through the opening. Exmples of simple stitches:,, g Press to lock ll keys nd uttons. The screen chnges, nd ll keys nd opertion uttons re locked. Appendix A-9

278 CREATING BOBBIN WORK (SEWING) h i Use the presser foot lever to rise the presser foot. With the wrong side fcing up, plce the fric under the presser foot. If the oin thred does not come up, hold the upper thred s shown elow to pull up the oin thred. Upper thred j Wrong side of fric Turn the hndwheel towrd you (counterclockwise) to feed the needle into the fric or punched hole. Position the upper thred over the presser foot nd lightly hold, nd then lower the presser foot lever. l Rise the presser foot lever, nd then use tweezers to pull up the oin thred nd ring the end of the thred to the top of the fric. Pull the thred while holding down the fric so it does not move out of plce. m Align the upper thred nd oin thred, nd then pss them under the presser foot towrd the rer of the mchine. Punched hole Upper thred over the presser foot k Pulling the upper thred gently, turn the hndwheel towrd you (counterclockwise) until the mrk on the hndwheel ligns with the center top of mchine. n While gently holding threds t the rer of the mchine, turn the hndwheel to feed the needle into the fric or punched hole gin, nd then lower the presser foot lever. o Press t lower right of LCD screen to unlock ll keys nd uttons. p All keys nd opertion uttons re unlocked, nd the previous screen is displyed. Select low speed, gently hold the threds ehind the presser foot nd strt sewing. Threds cn e relesed fter severl stitches hve een mde. A loop of the oin thred comes out through the hole in the fric. A-10

279 CREATING BOBBIN WORK (SEWING) q When you hve reched the end of the stitching re, stop the mchine. Do not sew reverse/reinforcement stitches t the end of the stitching, otherwise the threds my ecome tngled or the needle my rek. In ddition, it will e difficult to pull the oin thred up to the wrong side of the fric. Rise the needle nd presser foot. r Leving out 10 cm (pprox. 4 inches) of s thred t the ends, use scissors to cut the threds. Working from the wrong side of the fric, tie the oin nd upper threds together y hnd. Cut wy excess threds with scissors. Wrong side of fric Right side of fric To ensure threds do not come undone fter eing tied plce drop of fric glue on knots. A 1 How to Crete Boin Work 10 cm (pprox. 4 inches) Finishing the thred ends Do not press the Thred Cutter utton to cut the threds, otherwise the mchine my e dmged. At the end of the stitching, use hnd sewing needle to ring the oin thred up to the wrong side of the fric. c If the desired results could not e chieved, djust the tension of the oin thred nd of the upper thred, nd then try sewing the stitching gin. For more detils, refer to ADJUSTING THE THREAD TENSION on pge A-16. Boin Work Free Motion Sewing If so desired, use templte or drw your design on the stilizer to llow for ese of stitching. Rememer, your stitches with your decortive thred will e on the underneth side of your fric nd the stilizer will e on the top of the wrong side of your fric. * For informtion out using free motion open toe quilting foot O refer to Free Motion Quilting on pge S-40. Wrong side of fric Boin thred If it is difficult to plce oin thred through the eye of hnd sewing needle, use rion emroidery needle to pull the thred up to the wrong side of the fric. Otherwise, use n wl to pull up the oin thred. Appendix A-11

280 CREATING BOBBIN WORK (EMBROIDERY) CREATING BOBBIN WORK (EMBROIDERY) Selecting the Pttern f To select oin work emroidery pttern, press (Emroidery). c Prepre the mchine for oin work s descried in PREPARING FOR BOBBIN WORK on pge A-3. Attch the emroidery foot nd the emroidery unit. Instll oin wound with n dequte mount of thred for pttern. For n estimted length of oin thred required for ech pttern, refer to the Quick Reference Guide included with the mchine. Be sure to use oin wound with enough thred. If the oin runs out of thred while sewing, the emroidery cnnot e completed. Depending on the thred thickness, it my not e possile to wind the oin with the necessry length of thred. In this cse, try winding the oin gin, or use lighter weight thred. Pull up the oin thred ove the needle plte. Emroidery ptterns for oin work B cnnot e used in the Emroidery Edit g Press, then select one of the oin work emroidery ptterns. Emroidery ptterns for oin work pper with the letter B in the lower-left corner of the key. screen ( ). B mrk Regrdless of the setting tht hd een selected, the utomtic thred cutting function is turned off. When oin work emroidery pttern is selected the emroidery sewing speed cn only e djusted from 100 spm to mximum of 350 spm. d Turn on the mchine. e Press. The crrige will move to the initiliztion position. The eginning nd end of stitching re specified for oin work ptterns. They cnnot e used for norml emroidering. Recommended defult setting for oin work emroidery is 100 spm. A-12

281 CREATING BOBBIN WORK (EMBROIDERY) CAUTION When sewing oin work, e sure to select n emroidery pttern for oin work. If ny other type of pttern is selected, the mchine my e dmged. Boin work emroidery sewing speed defults to 100 spm when oin work emroidery pttern is selected. The Settings screen will only llow speed to e djusted from 100 spm to mximum sewing speed of 350 spm. When n emroidery pttern for oin work is selected, the utomtic thred cutting function is turned off. Afterwrd, if pttern other thn one for oin work is selected, the utomtic thred cutting function is returned to the setting tht ws selected efore the emroidery pttern for oin work ws chosen. Since oin work is sewn from the wrong side of the fric, the pttern shown in the screen ppers s mirror imge of the finl sewn emroidery. If necessry, flip the imge to preview it. In ddition, when sewing with the thred colors shown in the emroidery screen, select oin thred tht mtches wht is shown in the screen. Imge shown in screen Sewn emroidery (Right side of fric) With emroidery ptterns for oin work, the size nd thred density cnnot e chnged. In ddition, the utomtic thred cutting function cnnot e turned on. A 1 How to Crete Boin Work h Press. The sewing screen is displyed. i Press, nd then djust the tension of the upper thred. For detils on djusting the tension of the upper thred, refer to Adjusting Thred Tension on pge E-30. We recommend setting etween 6 nd 8 for the upper thred tension. Appendix A-13

282 CREATING BOBBIN WORK (EMBROIDERY) Strt Emroidering Hoop the fric so the right side of the fric is fcing down with the stilizer lying on the top. Use n emroidery frme tht fits the size of the pttern nd then ttch the frme to the mchine. These ptterns re emroidered from the wrong side of the fric so techniclly you re working in reverse of norml emroidering. f As shown elow, pull the upper thred to pull the oin thred up through the fric. Upper thred Boin thred If the oin thred cnnot e pulled up, use n wl to crete smll hole to help pull oin thred to surfce. Wrong side of fric g Press uttons. to unlock ll keys nd CAUTION Alwys use stilizer mteril for emroidery. Otherwise, the needle my rek nd cuse injuries. Not using stilizer mteril my result in poor finish to your project. Lower the presser foot. h i It is necessry to move to the eginning of stitching so press, nd then press. Press. c Press d e to lock ll keys nd uttons. The screen chnges, nd ll keys nd opertion uttons re locked. Using the presser foot lever, rise the presser foot. To ring the oin thred ove the fric, rotte the hndwheel counterclockwise while holding the upper thred. j The emroidery frme moves to the eginning of stitching. While holding oth the upper thred nd the oin thred, sew section of the pttern. A-14

283 k Stop the mchine, nd then tie the upper thred nd the oin thred together to secure the threds. o CREATING BOBBIN WORK (EMBROIDERY) Remove the fric from the emroidery frme, nd check the finished emroidery. A 1 l m Strt sewing gin to finish the pttern. Rise the needle nd presser foot, remove the emroidery frme, nd then cut the upper thred nd the oin thred. When cutting the threds, e sure to leve n dequte length of thred so they cn e properly secured. Right side of fric p Wrong side of fric If the desired results could not e chieved, djust the tension of the oin thred nd the upper thred, nd then try sewing the pttern gin. For more detils, refer to ADJUSTING THE THREAD TENSION on pge A-16. Check oin fter ech oin work emroidery pttern is sewn to mke sure there is dequte oin thred for the next pttern. While selecting the oin work pttern, the emroidery speed vlue is set to 100 spm. Refer to Adjusting the Emroidery Speed on pge E-33 to chnge the emroidery speed. How to Crete Boin Work n Using hnd sewing needle such s rion emroidering needle, pull the oin thred to the top (wrong side) of the fric, nd then tie the upper thred nd the oin thred together. If there is gp etween the strt point nd end point of the pttern, leve n dequte length of thred, cut the threds, nd remove the fric from the mchine. Use rion emroidering needle to hnd sew stitches to connect the strting nd ending points. Appendix A-15

284 ADJUSTING THE THREAD TENSION ADJUSTING THE THREAD TENSION After sewing tril stitches nd checking the sewing results, djust the thred tensions if necessry. After djusting the tensions, e sure to sew tril stitches gin in order to check the sewing results. Adjusting the upper thred tension We recommend setting etween 6 nd 8 for the upper thred tension when sewing oin work. Refer to Adjusting Thred Tension on pge E-30. Adjusting the tension of the oin thred If the desired stitching cnnot e chieved fter djusting the upper thred tension, djust the tension of the oin thred. The tension of the oin thred cn e djusted y turning the slotted-hed ( ) screw on the oin cse (gry) for oin work. Turning the screw on the oin cse (gry) my push up the spring plte, s shown elow. If this occurs, gently press down the spring plte with screwdriver so it is lower thn the top surfce of the oin cse (gry), nd then insert the oin cse into the mchine. Do not turn the phillips screw (+). Adjust with smll screwdriver. Spring plte To increse the tension of the oin thred, turn the slotted-hed ( ) screw 30 to 45 clockwise. To decrese the tension of the oin thred, turn the slotted-hed ( ) screw 30 to 45 counterclockwise. CAUTION DO NOT djust the position of the phillips (+) screw on the oin cse (gry) s this my result in dmge to the oin cse, rendering it useless. If the slotted-hed screw (-) is difficult to turn, do not use force. Turning the screw too much or providing force in either (rottionl) direction my cuse dmge to the oin cse. Should dmge occur, the oin cse my not mintin proper tension. If the oin thred tension is tight, the thred cnnot e pssed through the tension spring when the oin is instlled in the oin cse. (Refer to When tension is not pplied to the oin thred on pge A-7.) A-16

285 TROUBLESHOOTING TROUBLESHOOTING Severl solutions for minor prolems re descried elow. If the prolem persists, contct your deler or nerest uthorized Brother deler. The thred ws ccidentlly cut utomticlly nd the oin thred is cught inside the mchine Cut the thred ner the fric ove the needle plte, nd then remove the fric. d Apply slight tension on oin thred y holding thred out to the left side of presser foot. Press the Thred Cutter utton gin. A 1 How to Crete Boin Work Thred If n emroidery pttern ws sewn, remove the emroidery frme. Remove the oin, nd then hold it out towrd the left side of the mchine. CAUTION Do not pull on the thred with excessive force, otherwise the mchine my e dmged. Correcting oin work tension * If the top thred shows on the oin side of the fric, increse the upper tension (Refer to ADJUSTING THE THREAD TENSION on pge A-16). * If the top thred still shows on the oin side of the fric, reduce the tension of the oin thred or ypss the oin tension. (Refer to ADJUSTING THE THREAD TENSION on pge A-16.) * Some oin threds re too corse to pss through to wrong side of fric. In this cse, e sure to color mtch top thred with oin threds. Exmple: Decortive Stitch c Lower the presser foot. Correct tension The upper thred tension is too loose, or the oin thred tension is too tight. The oin thred ctches on the tension spring of the oin cse Sew with no tension pplied to the oin thred. (Refer to When tension is not pplied to the oin thred on pge A-7.) Appendix A-17

286 A Appendix Chpter 2 Mintennce nd Trouleshooting CARE AND MAINTENANCE...19 Restrictions on oiling...19 Precutions on storing the mchine...19 Clening the LCD Screen...19 Clening the Mchine Csing...19 Clening the Rce...19 Clening the Cutter in the Boin Cse Are...21 Aout the Mintennce Messge...21 ADJUSTING THE SCREEN...22 Adjusting the Brightness of the Screen Disply...22 Touch Pnel is Mlfunctioning...22 TROUBLESHOOTING...23 Frequent trouleshooting topics...23 Upper thred tightened up...23 Symptom Cuse Remedy/check detils Tngled thred on wrong side of fric...24 Symptom Cuse Remedy/check detils Incorrect thred tension...26 Symptoms Cuse/Remedy Fric is cught in the mchine nd cnnot e removed...27 Removing the fric from the mchine Checking mchine opertions List of Symptoms...30 ERROR MESSAGES...34 SPECIFICATIONS...37 UPGRADING YOUR MACHINE S SOFTWARE...38 Upgrde Procedure Using USB Medi...38 Upgrde Procedure Using Computer...39 INDEX...40

287 CARE AND MAINTENANCE CARE AND MAINTENANCE CAUTION Be sure to unplug the mchine efore clening it. Otherwise, electric shock or injury my result. A 2 Restrictions on oiling In order to prevent dmging this mchine, it must not e oiled y the user. This mchine ws mnufctured with the necessry mount of oil pplied to ensure correct opertion, mking periodic oiling unnecessry. If prolems occur, such s difficulty turning the hndwheel or n unusul noise, immeditely stop using the mchine, nd contct your uthorized deler or the nerest uthorized service center. Precutions on storing the mchine Do not store the mchine in ny of the loctions descried elow, otherwise dmge to the mchine my result, for exmple, rust cused y condenstion. * Exposed to extremely high tempertures * Exposed to extremely low tempertures * Exposed to extreme temperture chnges * Exposed to high humidity or stem * Ner flme, heter or ir conditioner * Outdoors or exposed to direct sunlight * Exposed to extremely dusty or oily environments In order to extend the life of this mchine, periodiclly turn it on nd use it. Storing this mchine for n extended period of time without using it my reduce its efficiency. Clening the Mchine Csing If the surfce of the mchine is dirty, lightly sok cloth in neutrl detergent, squeeze it out firmly, nd then wipe the surfce. Then wipe gin with dry cloth. Clening the Rce If dust or its of dirt collect in the rce or oin cse, the mchine will not run well, nd the oin thred detection function my not operte. Keep the mchine clen for est results. Press the Needle Position utton to rise the needle. Turn the min power to OFF. c d e Remove the needle, presser foot, nd presser foot holder (see pge B-53 through B-55). Remove the flt ed ttchment or the emroidery unit if either is ttched. Grsp oth sides of the needle plte cover, nd then slide it towrd you. Mintennce nd Trouleshooting Clening the LCD Screen If the screen is dirty, gently wipe it with soft, dry cloth. Do not use orgnic solvents or detergents. Needle plte cover The needle plte cover is removed. Do not wipe the LCD screen with dmp cloth. f Grsp the oin cse, nd then pull it out. Occsionlly, condenstion my form on the LCD screen or it my ecome fogged up; however, this is not mlfunction. After while, the cloudiness will dispper. Boin cse Appendix A-19

288 CARE AND MAINTENANCE g Use the clening rush or vcuum clener to remove ny lint nd dust from the rce nd oin thred sensor nd the surrounding re. Clening rush Rce c Boin thred sensor Do not pply oil to the oin cse. If lint or dust collects on the oin thred sensor, the sensor my not operte correctly. i * Mke sure tht the indicted points re ligned efore instlling the oin cse. CAUTION Never use oin cse tht is scrtched; otherwise, the upper thred my ecome tngled, the needle my rek, or sewing performnce my suffer. For new oin cse (prt code: XE (green mrking on the screw), XC (no color on the screw), XE (gry, for oin work)), contct your deler or nerest uthorized deler. Mke sure tht you fit the oin cse properly, otherwise the needle my rek. Insert the ts on the needle plte cover into the needle plte, nd then slide the cover ck on. h Insert the oin cse so tht the mrk on the oin cse ligns with the mrk on the mchine. If the needle plte hs een removed it is especilly importnt to reinstll the needle plte nd tighten the screws prior to instlling the oin cse. * Align the nd mrks. mrk mrk c Boin cse A-20

289 CARE AND MAINTENANCE Clening the Cutter in the Boin Cse Are The cutter elow the needle plte should e clened. If dust or lint ccumulte on the cutter, it will e difficult to cut the thred when the Thred Cutter utton is pressed or the utomtic thred cutting function is used. Clen the cutter when the thred is not esily cut. Follow steps through e in Clening the Rce to remove the needle plte cover. Use the screwdriver included with the mchine to unscrew nd remove the needle plte. d e Use the screwdriver included with the mchine to screw nd ttch the needle plte. Insert the ts on the needle plte cover into the needle plte, nd then slide the cover ck on. Aout the Mintennce Messge A 2 Mintennce nd Trouleshooting c Use the clening rush or vcuum clener to remove ny lint nd dust from the cutter in the oin cse re. Cutter CAUTION Do not touch the cutter, otherwise injuries my result. Once this messge ppers, it is recommended to tke your mchine to n uthorized deler or nerest uthorized service center for regulr mintennce check. Although this messge will dispper nd the mchine will continue to function once you press, the messge will disply severl more times until the pproprite mintennce is performed. Plese tke the time to rrnge the mintennce your mchine requires once this messge ppers. Such steps will help to ensure you receive continued, uninterrupted hours of mchine opertion for the future. Appendix A-21

290 ADJUSTING THE SCREEN ADJUSTING THE SCREEN Adjusting the Brightness of the Screen Disply If the screen does not look very cler under certin sitution, you cn djust the rightness of the screen disply. Press. The settings screen ppers. Touch Pnel is Mlfunctioning If the screen does not respond correctly when you touch key (the mchine does not perform the opertion or performs different opertion), follow the steps elow to mke the proper djustments. Holding your finger on the screen, turn the min power switch to OFF nd ck to ON. Press. c The Generl settings screen ppers. Disply pge 6 of the Generl settings screen. d Press or to djust the rightness of the screen disply. The touch pnel djustment screen is displyed. Using the included touch pen, lightly touch the center of ech +, in order from 1 to 5. Only use the included touch pen to touch the screen. Do not use mechnicl pencil, pin, or other shrp oject. Do not press too hrd on the screen. Otherwise, dmge my result * The screen ppers dim s the numer on the settings screen decreses. The screen ppers righter s the numer increses. c Turn the min power to OFF, then turn it ck to ON. If you finish the screen djustment nd the screen still does not respond, or if you cnnot do the djustment, contct your uthorized deler. A-22

291 TROUBLESHOOTING TROUBLESHOOTING If the mchine stops operting correctly, check the following possile prolems efore requesting service. You cn solve most prolems y yourself. If you need dditionl help, the Brother Solutions Center offers the ltest FAQs nd trouleshooting tips. Visit us t If the prolem persists, contct your deler or the nerest uthorized service center. A 2 Frequent trouleshooting topics Detiled cuses nd remedies for common trouleshooting topics re descried elow. Be sure to refer to this efore contcting your deler. Upper thred tightened up pge A-23 Tngled thred on wrong side of fric pge A-24 Incorrect thred tension pge A-26 Mintennce nd Trouleshooting Fric is cught in the mchine nd cnnot e removed pge A-27 Upper thred tightened up Symptom * The upper thred ppers s single continuous line. * The lower thred is visile from the upper side of the fric. (Refer to the illustrtion elow.) * The upper thred hs tightened up, nd comes out when pulled. * The upper thred hs tightened up, nd wrinkles pper in the fric. * The upper thred tension is tight, nd the results do not chnge even fter the thred tension is djusted. Remedy/check detils Correctly instll the lower thred. Turn off the sewing mchine. Remove the oin from the oin cse. c Plce the oin in the oin cse so tht the thred unwinds in the correct direction. * Hold the oin with your right hnd with the thred unwinding to the left, nd hold the end of the thred with your left hnd. Then, with your right hnd, plce the oin in the oin cse. Lower side of fric Lower thred visile from upper side of fric c Upper thred d Upper side of fric e Lower thred Cuse Incorrect lower threding If the lower thred is incorrectly threded, insted of the pproprite tension eing pplied to the lower thred, it is pulled through the fric when the upper thred is pulled up. For this reson, the thred is visile from the upper side of the fric. If the oin is inserted with the thred unwinding in the wrong direction, sewing will e done with n incorrect thred tension. Appendix A-23

292 TROUBLESHOOTING d While holding the oin in plce with your finger, pss the thred through the slit in the needle plte. * Hold down the oin with your right hnd, nd then pull the end of the thred round the t with your left hnd. Tngled thred on wrong side of fric Symptom * The thred ecomes tngled on the lower side of the fric. T Hold down the oin with your right hnd. Pull the thred to pss it through the slit in the needle plte, then cut it with the cutter. * After strting sewing, rttling noise is mde nd sewing cnnot continue. * Looking under the fric, there is tngled thred in the oin cse. c Slit d Cutter Sewing with the correct thred tension is possile fter the oin hs een correctly instlled in the oin cse. Cuse Incorrect upper threding If the upper thred is incorrectly threded, the upper thred pssed through the fric cnnot e firmly pulled up nd the upper thred ecomes tngled in the oin cse, cusing rttling noise. Remedy/check detils Remove the tngled thred, nd then correct the upper threding. Remove the tngled thred. If it cnnot e removed, cut the thred with scissors. * Refer to Clening the Rce in CARE AND MAINTENANCE on pge A-19. c Remove the upper thred from the mchine. Refer to the following steps to correct the upper threding. * If the oin ws removed from the oin cse, refer to LOWER THREADING on pge B-38 nd Remedy/check detils in the section Upper thred tightened up on pge A-23 to correctly instll the oin. A-24

293 d Rise the presser foot using the presser foot lever. g TROUBLESHOOTING While holding the thred in your right hnd, pss the thred through the thred guide in the direction indicted. A 2 e * If the presser foot is not rised, the sewing mchine cnnot e threded correctly. Rise the needle y turning the hndwheel towrd you (counterclockwise) so tht the mrk on the wheel points up, or press Needle Position utton once or twice to rise the needle. h Guide the thred down, up, then down through the groove, s shown in the illustrtion. Mintennce nd Trouleshooting or Look in the upper groove re to check if the thred ctches on the tke-up lever visile inside the upper groove re. f Mrk While holding the thred with oth hnds, pull the thred up from under the thred guide plte. i Look in the upper groove re Pss the thred through the needle r thred guide (mrked 6 ) y holding the thred with oth hnds nd guiding it s shown in the illustrtion. Thred guide plte Needle r thred guide j Thred the needle ccording to steps j nd o in Upper Threding on pge B-46. Appendix A-25

294 TROUBLESHOOTING Incorrect thred tension Symptoms Symptom 1: The lower thred is visile from the upper side of the fric. Symptom 2: The upper thred ppers s stright line on the upper side of the fric. Symptom 3: The upper thred is visile from the lower side of the fric. Symptom 4: The lower thred ppers s stright line on the lower side of the fric. Symptom 5: The stitching on the lower side of the fric is loose or hs slck. Symptom 1/2 Symptom 3/4 Cuse/Remedy Cuse 1 The mchine is not correctly threded. <With symptoms 1 nd 2 descried ove> The lower threding is incorrect. Adjust the upper thred tension nd then refer to Upper Thred is Too Tight on pge S-12. <With symptoms 3 through 5 descried ove> The upper threding is incorrect. Adjust the upper thred tension nd then refer to Tngled thred on wrong side of fric on pge A-24 to correct the upper threding. Cuse 2 A needle nd thred pproprite for the fric re not eing used. The sewing mchine needle tht should e used depends on the type of fric sewn nd the thred thickness. If needle nd thred pproprite for the fric re not eing used, the thred tension will not e djusted correctly, cusing wrinkles in the fric or skipped stitches. * Refer to Fric/Thred/Needle Comintions on pge B-57 to check tht needle nd thred pproprite for the fric tht is eing used. Cuse 3 An pproprite upper tension is not selected. Adjust the upper thred tension to select n pproprite thred tension. The pproprite thred tension differs ccording to the type of fric nd thred eing used. * Adjust the thred tension while test sewing on piece of scrp fric tht is the sme s tht used in your project. * When the lower thred is visile on the upper side of the fric. Set the upper thred tension to lower numer. (Loosen the thred tension.) * When the upper thred is visile on the lower side of the fric. Set the upper thred tension to higher numer. (Tighten the thred tension.) Lower side of fric Lower thred visile on upper side of fric c Upper thred d Upper side of fric e Lower thred f Upper thred visile from lower side of fric If the upper threding nd lower threding re incorrect, the thred tension cnnot e djusted correctly, even y djusting the upper thred tension. Check the upper threding nd lower threding first, nd then djust the thred tension. A-26

295 TROUBLESHOOTING Fric is cught in the mchine nd cnnot e removed If the fric is cught in the sewing mchine nd cnnot e removed, the thred my hve ecome tngled under the needle plte. Follow the procedure descried elow to remove the fric from the mchine. If the opertion could not e completed ccording to the procedure, insted of ttempting to complete it forcefully, contct your deler or nerest uthorized service center. Removing the fric from the mchine Immeditely stop the sewing mchine. Turn off the sewing mchine. Remove the oin cse. h i If threds remin in the oin cse, remove them. Boin cse Use the clening rush or vcuum clener to remove ny dust or loose threds from the rce nd its surrounding re. A 2 Mintennce nd Trouleshooting Remove the needle. c d e If the needle is lowered into the fric, turn the hndwheel wy from you (clockwise) to rise the needle out of the fric, nd then remove the needle. * Refer to CHANGING THE NEEDLE on pge B-55. Remove the presser foot nd presser foot holder. * Refer to CHANGING THE PRESSER FOOT on pge B-53. Lift up the fric nd cut the threds elow it. If the fric cn e removed, remove it. Continue with the following steps to clen the rce. Clening rush Rce If the fric could e removed If the fric could not e removed j Continue with step p. Continue with step j. Use the enclosed disc-shped screwdriver to loosen the two screws on the needle plte. f Remove the needle plte cover. Needle plte cover Be creful not to drop the removed screws in the mchine. g Cut out the tngled threds, nd then remove the oin. Appendix A-27

296 TROUBLESHOOTING k Slightly lift up the needle plte, cut ny tngled threds, nd then remove the needle plte. Remove the fric nd threds from the needle plte. p Insert the oin cse so tht the mrk on the oin cse ligns with the mrk on the mchine. l If the fric cnnot e removed, even fter completing these steps, contct your deler or nerest uthorized service center. Remove ny threds in the rce nd round the feed dogs. m Turn the hndwheel to rise the feed dogs. n o Align the two screw holes in the needle plte with the two holes t the needle plte mounting se, nd then fit the needle plte onto the mchine. Lightly finger-tighten the screw on the right side of the needle plte. Then, use the disc-shped screwdriver to firmly tighten the screw on the left side. Finlly, firmly tighten the screw on the right side. Turn the hndwheel to check tht the feed dogs move smoothly nd do not contct the edges of the slots in the needle plte. * Align the nd mrks. mrk mrk c Boin cse * Mke sure tht the indicted points re ligned efore instlling the oin cse. CAUTION Never use oin cse tht is scrtched; otherwise, the upper thred my ecome tngled, the needle my rek, or sewing performnce my suffer. For new oin cse (prt code: XE (green mrking on the screw), XC (no color on the screw), XE (gry, for oin work)), contct your nerest uthorized deler. Mke sure tht you fit the oin cse properly, otherwise the needle my rek. Correct position of feed dogs Incorrect position of feed dogs Be creful not to drop the removed screws in the mchine. A-28

297 TROUBLESHOOTING q r Insert the ts on the needle plte cover into the needle plte, nd then slide the cover ck on. If the needle plte hs een removed it is especilly importnt to reinstll the needle plte nd tighten the screws prior to instlling the oin cse. Check the condition of the needle, nd then instll it. If the needle is in poor condition, for exmple, if it is ent, e sure to instll new needle. * Refer to CHANGING THE NEEDLE on pge B-55. c d Slowly turn the hndwheel towrd you (counterclockwise), nd look from ll sides to check tht the needle flls t the center of the hole in the needle plte. If the needle contcts the needle plte, remove the needle plte, nd then instll it gin, strting with step m in Removing the fric from the mchine on pge A-28. Hole in the needle plte Hndwheel Select zigzg stitch. At this time, increse the stitch length nd width to their mximum settings. A 2 Mintennce nd Trouleshooting Checking mchine opertions CAUTION Never use ent needles. Bent needles cn esily rek, possily resulting in injuries. After completing this procedure, continue with the following procedure in Checking mchine opertions to check tht the mchine is operting correctly. Since the needle my hve een dmged when the fric ws cught in the mchine, we recommend replcing it with new one. If the needle plte hs een removed, check mchine opertions to confirm tht instlltion hs een completed correctly. Turn on the mchine. Select. Do not yet instll the presser foot nd thred. e f Slowly turn the hndwheel towrd you (counterclockwise) nd check tht the needle r nd feed dogs operte correctly. If the needle or feed dogs contct the needle plte, the mchine my e mlfunctioning; therefore, contct your deler or nerest uthorized service center. Turn off the mchine, nd then instll the oin nd presser foot. * Refer to Setting the Boin nd CHANGING THE PRESSER FOOT on pge B-53. Correctly thred the mchine. g * For detils on the mchine, refer to Upper Threding on pge B-46. The thred my hve ecome tngled s result of incorrect upper threding. Mke sure tht the mchine is correctly threded. Perform tril sewing with norml fric. h Incorrect sewing my e the result of incorrect upper threding or sewing thin frics. If there re poor results from the tril sewing, check the upper threding or the type of fric eing used. Appendix A-29

298 TROUBLESHOOTING List of Symptoms Prolem Cuse Solution Pge The thred is tngled on the wrong side of the fric. The upper thred is too tight. Cnnot thred the needle Cnnot lower the presser foot with the presser foot lever Thred tension is incorrect Upper thred reks Upper threding is incorrect. Using improper needle or thred for the selected fric. Check the steps for threding the mchine nd rethred the mchine. Check the Fric/Thred/Needle Comintions chrt. The oin thred is incorrectly instlled. Correctly instll the oin thred. B-43 Needle is not in the correct position. Press the Needle Position utton to rise B-11 the needle. Needle is instlled incorrectly. Reinstll the needle correctly. B-55 Needle is turned, ent or the point is dull. Replce the needle. B-55 Presser foot ws rised using the Presser Foot Lifter utton. Upper threding is incorrect. Boin is set incorrectly. Using improper needle or thred for the selected fric. Press the Presser Foot Lifter utton to lower the presser foot. Check the steps for threding the mchine nd rethred the mchine. Reset the oin. (If needle plte ws removed, reinstll needle plte nd tighten screws prior to instlling oin cse.) Check the Fric/Thred/Needle Comintion chrt. Presser foot holder is not ttched correctly. Rettch the presser foot holder correctly. B-53 Thred tension is set incorrectly. Adjust the thred tension. S-12, E-30 Boin thred is incorrectly wound. Use correctly wound oin. B-38 Needle is turned, ent or the point is dull. Replce the needle. B-55 Mchine is not threded correctly (used the Rethred the mchine correctly. B-46 wrong spool cp, spool cp is loose, the thred did not ctch the needle r threder, etc.) Needle is turned, ent or the point is dull. Replce the needle. B-55 There re scrtches on the oin cse. Replce the oin cse, or consult your A-19 uthorized deler. Upper thred tension is too strong. Adjust the thred tension. S-12, E-30 Using improper needle or thred for the selected fric. Thred is twisted. There re scrtches ner the hole of the needle plte. There re scrtches ner the hole in the presser foot. Check the Fric/Thred/Needle Comintions chrt. Use scissors, etc., to cut the twisted thred nd remove it from the rce, etc. Replce the needle plte, or consult your uthorized deler. Replce the presser foot, or consult your uthorized deler. Needle is instlled incorrectly. Reinstll the needle correctly. B-55 Thred is knotted or tngled. Rethred upper nd lower thred. B-43, B-46 A oin designed specificlly for this mchine is not used. Incorrect oins will not work properly. Only use oin designed specificlly for this mchine. Boin thred reks Boin is set incorrectly. Reset the oin thred correctly. B-43 There re scrtches on the oin or it doesn t Replce the oin. B-43 rotte properly. Thred is twisted. Use scissors, etc. to cut the twisted thred nd remove it from the rce, etc. Boin thred does not wind netly on the oin. A oin designed specificlly for this mchine is not used. The thred is not pssed through the oin winding thred guide correctly. Boin spins slowly. The thred tht ws pulled out ws not wound onto the oin correctly. Incorrect oins will not work properly. Only use oin designed specificlly for this mchine. Correctly pss the thred through the oin winding thred guide. Press [+] in the oin winding window to increse the oin winding speed. Wind the thred tht ws pulled off round the oin 5 or 6 times clockwise. B-46 B-57 B-11 B-46 B-43 B-57 B-57 S-26 B-53 B-43 B-43 B-39 B-41 B-40 A-30

299 TROUBLESHOOTING Prolem Cuse Solution Pge Skipped stitches Needle is turned, ent or the point is dull. Replce the needle. B-55 Using improper needle or thred for the selected fric. Mchine is threded incorrectly. Check the Fric/Thred/Needle Comintion chrt. Check the steps for threding the mchine nd rethred it correctly. Dust or lint hs collected under the needle Remove the dust or lint with the rush. A-19 plte. Needle is instlled incorrectly. Reinstll the needle correctly. B-55 Needle is defective. Replce the needle. B-55 Thin or stretch frics re eing sewn. Sew with one sheet of thin pper under the S-9 fric. Needle reks Needle is instlled incorrectly. Reinstll the needle correctly. B-55 Needle clmp screw is not tightened. Tighten the needle clmp screw. B-55 Needle is turned or ent. Replce the needle. B-55 Using improper needle or thred for the Check the needle nd fric comintion. B-56, E-21 selected fric. Wrong presser foot ws used. Use the recommended presser foot. S-67 Upper thred tension is too strong. Adjust the thred tension setting. S-12, E-30 Fric is pulled during sewing. Do not pull the fric during sewing. Spool cp is set incorrectly. Check the method for ttching the spool cp, then rettch the spool cp. B-46 Fric does not feed through the mchine Fric puckers There re scrtches round the holes in the needle plte. There re scrtches round the hole(s) in the presser foot. There re scrtches on the oin cse. Replce the needle plte, or consult your uthorized deler. Replce the presser foot, or consult your uthorized deler. Replce the oin cse, or consult your uthorized deler. Needle is defective. Replce the needle. B-55 Upper threding is incorrect. Check the steps for threding the mchine B-46 nd rethred the mchine. Boin is set incorrectly. Reset the oin thred correctly. B-43 Presser foot is ttched incorrectly. Attch the presser foot correctly. B-53 Screw of the presser foot holder is loose. Securely tighten the screw of the presser B-53 foot. Fric is too thick. Use fric tht the needle cn pierce when the hndwheel is turned. S-7 Fric is fed forcefully when sewing thick fric or thick sems. Allow the fric to e fed without eing forcefully pushed. Stitch length is too short. Adjust the stitch length. S-10 Stilizer is not ttched to fric eing Attch stilizer. S-81, E-11 emroidered. Boin thred is incorrectly wound. Use correctly wound oin. B-38 Feed dogs re set in the down position. Press, nd then turn the hndwheel to rise the feed dogs. Stitches re too close together. Lengthen the stitch length setting. S-10 Wrong presser foot ws used. Use the correct presser foot. S-67 Needle is turned, ent or the point is dull. Replce the needle. B-55 Thred is entngled. Cut the entngled thred nd remove it from the rce. A-27 There is mistke in the upper or oin threding. Check the steps for threding the mchine nd rethred it correctly. B-57 B-46 A-19 B-53 A-19 S-40 B-43, B-46 Thred tension is set incorrectly. Adjust the thred tension. S-12, E-30 Stitches re too long when sewing thin frics. Shorten the stitch length. S-10 Needle is turned, ent or the point is dull. Replce the needle. B-55 Spool cp is set incorrectly. Check the method for ttching the spool B-46 cp, then rettch the spool cp. Wrong presser foot. Use the correct presser foot. S-67 A 2 Mintennce nd Trouleshooting Appendix A-31

300 TROUBLESHOOTING Prolem Cuse Solution Pge High-pitched sound while sewing Chrcter pttern does not turn out Mchine does not operte Nothing hppens, even if the LCD disply is pressed The fric feeds in the opposite direction. The LCD screen is fogged up. Emroidery pttern does not sew out correctly Dust or lint is cught in the feed dogs. Remove the dust or lint. A-19 Pieces of thred re cught in the rce. Clen the rce. A-19 Upper threding is incorrect. Check the steps for threding the mchine B-46 nd rethred the mchine. There re scrtches on the oin cse. Replce the oin cse, or consult your uthorized deler. A-19 A oin designed specificlly for this mchine is not used. Incorrect oins will not work properly. Only use oin designed specificlly for this mchine. Wrong presser foot ws used. Attch the correct presser foot. S-67 Pttern djustment settings were set Revise the pttern djustment settings. S-82 incorrectly. Did not use stilizer mteril on thin frics Attch stilizer mteril. S-81 or stretch frics. Thred tension is set incorrectly. Adjust the thred tension. S-12, E-30 Fric ws pulled, pushed or fed t n ngle while it ws eing sewn. Sew while guiding the fric with your hnds so tht the fric is fed in stright line. There is no pttern selected. Select pttern. S-21, S-77, E-3, E-58 Strt/Stop utton ws not pushed. Press the Strt/Stop utton. B-11 Min power switch is not turned on. Turn the min power to ON. B-19 Presser foot is not lowered. Lower the presser foot. B-11 Strt/Stop utton ws pushed with the foot controller ttched. The Strt/Stop utton ws pressed while the mchine is set for the sewing speed controller to control the zigzg stitch width. All keys nd uttons hve een locked y. The screen hs een locked. The feed mechnism is dmged. Remove the foot controller, or use the foot controller to operte the mchine. Use the foot controller insted of the Strt/Stop utton to operte the mchine, or set the Width Control to OFF in the settings screen. Press uttons. to unlock ll keys nd Press either of the following keys to unlock the screen. Contct your deler or the nerest uthorized service center. B-43 S-3 S-4 B-26, S-4 B-53, B-55 Condenstion hs formed on the LCD screen. After while, the cloudiness will dispper. Thred is twisted. Fric ws not inserted into the frme correctly (fric ws loose, etc.). Stilizing mteril ws not ttched. There ws n oject plced ner the mchine, nd the crrige or emroidery frme hit the oject during sewing. Fric outside the frme edges interferes with the sewing rm, so the emroidery unit cnnot move. Fric is too hevy, so the emroidery unit cnnot move freely. Use scissors, etc., to cut the twisted thred nd remove it from the rce, etc. If the fric is not stretched tight in the frme, the pttern my turn out poorly or there my e shrinkge of the pttern. Set the fric into the frme correctly. Alwys use stilizing mteril, especilly with stretch frics, lightweight frics, frics with corse weve, or frics tht often cuse pttern shrinkge. See your uthorized deler for the proper stilizer. If the frme umps something during sewing, the pttern will turn out poorly. Do not plce nything in the re where the frme my ump it during sewing. Reinsert the fric in the emroidery frme so tht the excess fric is wy from the sewing rm, nd rotte the pttern 180 degrees. Plce lrge thick ook or similr oject under the rm hed to lightly lift the hevy side nd keep it level. A-27 E-14 E-11 E-21 E-14 A-32

301 TROUBLESHOOTING Prolem Cuse Solution Pge Emroidery pttern does not sew out correctly Loops pper on the surfce of the fric when emroidering Emroidery unit does not operte Pointer of the optionl emroidery foot W+ with LED pointer does not indicte the position correctly Fric is hnging off the tle. Fric is sngged or cught on something. Emroidery frme ws removed during sewing (for exmple, to reset the oin). The presser foot ws umped or moved while removing or ttching the emroidery frme, or the emroidery unit ws moved. Stilizer is incorrectly ttched, for exmple, it is smller thn the emroidery frme. If the fric is hnging off the tle during emroidery, the emroidery unit will not move freely. Plce the fric so tht it does not hng off the tle or hold the fric to keep it from drgging. Stop the mchine nd plce the fric so tht it does not get cught or sngged. If the presser foot is umped or the emroidery unit is moved during sewing, the pttern will not turn out. Be creful when removing or rettching the emroidery frme during sewing. E-21 E-26 Attch the stilizer correctly. E-11 The thred tension is incorrectly set. Adjust the thred tension. E-30 to E-32 The tension of the upper thred is incorrectly set for the comintion of the fric, thred nd pttern eing used. Use the emroidery needle plte cover. E-22 The comintion of the oin cse nd oin thred is incorrect. Chnge the oin cse or oin thred so tht the correct comintion is used. There is no pttern selected. Select pttern. E-3, E-58 Min power switch is not turned on. Turn the min power to ON. B-19 Emroidery unit is not ttched correctly. Rettch the emroidery unit correctly. B-62 Emroidery frme ws ttched efore the unit ws initilized. Perform the initiliztion process correctly. B-62 With thick elstic fric, the position will e misligned only t rised prts in the fric. With fric hving very uneven surfce, the position is not correctly ligned. Mnully djust the position ccording to the thickness of the fric. The pointer indiction should e used only s reference. E-21 B-61 B-61 A 2 Mintennce nd Trouleshooting CAUTION This mchine is equipped with thred detection device. If the Strt/Stop utton is pushed efore the upper threding is done, the mchine will not operte properly. Also, depending on the pttern selected, the mchine my feed the fric even if the needle is rised. This is due to the needle r relese mechnism. At these times, the mchine will mke sound different from wht is mde during norml sewing. This is not the sign of mlfunction. If the power is disconnected during sewing: Turn the min power to OFF nd unplug the mchine. If you restrt the mchine, follow the instructions for operting the mchine correctly. Appendix A-33

302 ERROR MESSAGES ERROR MESSAGES If the mchine is not properly set nd the Strt/Stop utton or the Reverse Stitch utton is pressed, or if the opertion procedure is incorrect, the mchine does not strt. An lrm sounds nd n error messge is displyed on the LCD. If n error messge displys, follow the instructions in the messge. Below is n explntion of error messges. Refer to these when necessry (if you press or do the opertion correctly while the error messge is displyed, the messge disppers). CAUTION Be sure to rethred the mchine. If you press the Strt/Stop utton without rethreding the mchine, the thred tension my e wrong or the needle my rek nd cuse injury. Mrks Error Messges Cuse/Solution A mlfunction occurred. Turn the mchine off, then on gin. This messge is displyed if some mlfunction occurs. Attch the emroidery frme. Cn not chnge the configurtion of the chrcters This messge is displyed when the mchine is redy to sew n emroidery pttern, nd the Strt/Stop utton is pushed while the emroidery frme is not ttched. This messge is displyed when there re too mny chrcters nd the curved chrcter configurtion is impossile. Check nd rethred the upper thred. This messge is displyed when the upper thred is roken or not threded correctly, nd the Strt/Stop utton or the Reverse Stitch utton is pressed. Dt volume is too lrge for this pttern. This messge is displyed when the ptterns you re editing tke up too much memory, or if you re editing too mny ptterns for the memory. Filed to sve file. This messge ppers when you try to sve more thn 100 settings screen imge files in the USB medi. In this cse, delete file from the USB medi or use different USB medi. (see pge B-33) In twin needle mode, the utomtic needle threding utton cnnot e used. This messge is displyed when the utomtic needle threding utton is pushed while twin needle sewing is set. Lower the uttonhole lever. Lower the presser foot lever. Not enough ville memory to sve the pttern. Delete nother pttern? OK to utomticlly lower the presser foot? OK to delete the selected pttern? OK to delete the setting? OK to recll nd resume previous memory? This messge is displyed when the uttonhole lever is up, uttonhole stitch is selected, nd the Strt/Stop utton or Reverse Stitch utton is pushed. This messge is displyed when the Presser Foot Lifter utton is pushed while the presser foot lever is rised/the needle is lowered. This messge is displyed when the memory is full nd the stitch or pttern cnnot e sved. This messge is displyed when is pressed (the presser foot is rised). This messge is displyed when, fter selecting pttern, deleted. or is pressed nd the pttern is out to e This messge ppers when or is pressed to delete the settings for utility stitch. To delete the selected settings, press. This messge ppers if the mchine is turned off while sewing, then turned on gin. Press to return the mchine to the condition (pttern position nd numer of stitches) when it ws turned off. Follow the procedure descried in If the Thred Breks During Sewing on pge E-27 to lign the needle position nd sew the reminder of the pttern. A-34

303 ERROR MESSAGES Mrks Error Messges Cuse/Solution Preventive mintennce is recommended. Rise the uttonhole lever. Remove Dul Feed module from the mchine. Remove Emroidery foot with LED pointer from the mchine. Retrieving the pttern. Wit moment. Set the clock. The oin thred is lmost empty. This messge is displyed when the mchine needs to e mintined. (see pge A-19) This messge is displyed when the uttonhole lever is down, stitch other thn uttonhole is selected, nd the Strt/Stop utton or the Reverse Stitch utton is pushed. This messge ppers when you try to strt emroidering with the optionl dul feed foot ttched to the mchine. Remove the dul feed foot efore entering the emroidery mode. (see pge B-67) This messge ppers when you try to strt sewing utility/decortive stitch or chrcter pttern using the optionl emroidery foot with the LED pointer ttched to the mchine. Remove the emroidery foot with the LED pointer efore entering the sewing mode. (see pge B-60) This messge is displyed when the mchine is retrieving previously sved pttern while in Emroidery Edit mode. This messge ppers when the time/dte is not set. Set time/dte. (see pge B-20) This messge is displyed when the oin thred is running out. A 2 Mintennce nd Trouleshooting The oin winder sfety device hs ctivted. Is the thred tngled? The crrige of the emroidery unit will move. Keep your hnds etc. wy from the crrige. The pockets re full. Delete pttern. The sfety device hs een ctivted. Is the thred tngled? Is the needle ent? The shutoff support mode hs een ctivted. Turn off the mchine. The Strt/Stop utton does not operte with the foot controller ttched. Remove the foot controller. The upper thred my not e threded correctly. Thred the upper thred from the eginning. The USB medi ws chnged. Do not chnge the USB medi while it is eing red. There is no needle plte cover. Attch needle plte cover. This file cnnot e used. This file exceeds the dt cpcity nd cnnot e used. Use suitle size file. This key cnnot e used t this time. This key does not operte when the needle is down. Rise the needle nd press the key gin. This pttern cnnot e sewn with this mode. This messge is displyed when the oin is eing wound, nd the motor locks ecuse the thred is tngled, etc. This messge ppers efore emroidery unit moves. This messge is displyed when the memory is full nd pttern must e deleted. This messge is displyed when the motor locks due to tngled thred or for other resons relted to thred delivery. This messge ppers when the mchine is in the shutoff support mode. Turn off the mchine once to strt the mchine gin. (see pge B-30) This messge is displyed when the Strt/Stop utton is pushed to sew Utility stitches or Chrcter/Decortive stitches while the foot controller is connected. (This messge does not pper when emroidering). This messge is displyed when it seems tht the upper thred hs not een threded correctly. This messge is displyed when you ttempt to select pttern fter the USB medi in which the pttern is sved hs een chnged. This messge is displyed when the needle plte cover is not ttched. This messge ppers if the file formt is incomptile with this mchine. Check the list of comptile file formts. (see pge S-94) This messge is displyed when the file size exceeds the dt cpcity of the mchine. Confirm the file size nd formt. (see pge S-95) This messge is displyed when you press the screen other thn the Utility Stitch, or press in the screen other thn the Utility Stitch or Chrcter/Decortive Stitch. This messge is displyed when key on the LCD disply is touched while the needle is in the down position. This messge is displyed when the selected stitch is not ville for the specific function. in Appendix A-35

304 ERROR MESSAGES Mrks Error Messges Cuse/Solution This stitch is not Dul Feed Mode comptile. This USB medi cnnot e used. This USB medi is incomptile. To thred the needle, plese remove the fric from under the presser foot. Trnsmitting y USB Turn off the power nd replce the needle plte. USB medi error USB medi is not loded. Lod USB medi. Use the presser foot lifter utton to lower the presser foot. When the speed controller is set to control the zigzg stitch width, the "Strt/Stop" utton does not operte. This messge ppers when the optionl dul feed foot cnnot e used with the current stitch. Select other stitch. (see pge B-67) This messge is displyed when you try to use incomptile medi. This messge is displyed when you try to use incomptile USB medi. For list of comptile USB medi, visit This messge is displyed if you press the Automtic Threding utton while the dul feed foot is ttched nd the presser foot height is 3 mm (1/8 inches) or higher. Remove the fric, nd then press the Automtic Threding utton gin. This messge is displyed while the USB medi is trnsmitting. This messge is displyed when you try to sew with stitch other thn middle needle position stitch while the single-hole needle plte is instlled. This messge is displyed when the needle plte is removed with the mchine on or when the mchine is turned on nd Emroidery or Emroidery Edit mode is selected (see pge B-22). This messge is displyed when n error occurs with the USB medi. This messge is displyed when you try to recll or sve pttern while no USB medi is loded. This messge is displyed when utton, such s the Strt/Stop utton, is pushed while the presser foot is rised. This messge is displyed when the speed control lever is set to control the zigzg stitch width, nd the Strt/Stop utton is pushed. Use the foot controller to operte the mchine. A-36

305 SPECIFICATIONS SPECIFICATIONS Sewing Mchine nd Accessories (Box 1 of 2) Emroidery Unit (Box 2 of 2) Item Specifiction Dimensions of mchine Approx cm (W) 33.2 cm (H) 28.4 cm (D) (pprox. 22-1/2 inches (W) 13-1/16 inches (H) 11-3/16 inches (D)) Dimensions of ox Approx cm (W) 55.0 cm (H) 37.7 cm (D) (pprox /16 inches (W) 21-5/8 inches (H) 14-13/16 inches (D)) Weight of mchine Approx kg (pprox l) Weight of ox (for shipping) Approx kg (pprox l) Sewing speed 70 to 1050 stitches per minute Needles Home sewing mchine needles (HA 130) Dimensions of emroidery unit Dimensions of mchine with emroidery unit ttched Dimensions of ox Weight of emroidery unit Weight of ox (for shipping) Totl Shipping Weight (Comintion of ll 2 oxes complete) Approx cm (W) 13.0 cm (H) 46.4 cm (D) (pprox. 21-7/16 inches (W) 5-1/8 inch (H) 18-1/4 inches (D)) Approx cm (W) 33.2 cm (H) 46.4 cm (D) (pprox. 32-1/16 inches (W) 13-1/16 inch (H) 18-1/4 inches (D)) Approx cm (W) 55.0 cm (H) 18.8 cm (D) (pprox /16 inches (W) 21-11/16 inch (H) 7-7/16 inches (D)) Approx. 3.9 kg (pprox. 8.5 l) Approx. 6.0 kg (pprox l) Approx kg (pprox l) A 2 Mintennce nd Trouleshooting * Plese e wre tht some specifictions my chnge without notice. Appendix A-37

306 UPGRADING YOUR MACHINE S SOFTWARE UPGRADING YOUR MACHINE S SOFTWARE You cn use USB medi or computer to upgrde softwre for your sewing mchine. When n upgrde progrm is ville on plese downlod the files following the instructions on the wesite nd steps elow. When using USB medi to upgrde the softwre, check tht no dt other thn the upgrde file is sved on the USB medi eing used efore strting to upgrde. Upgrde Procedure Using USB Medi While pressing the Automtic Threding utton, turn the min power to ON. The following screen will pper on the LCD. The ccess lmp will egin linking fter inserting USB medi, nd it will tke out 5 to 6 seconds to recognize the medi. (Time will differ depending on the USB medi). d Press. Press. c Insert the USB medi into the USB port for medi/mouse on the mchine. The medi device should only contin the upgrde file. The upgrde file is loded. If n error occurs, red text error messge will pper. When the instlltion is performed successfully, following messge will pper. USB port for mouse/medi (USB 2.0) USB medi e Remove the USB medi, nd turn the mchine off nd on gin. A-38